PREFACE

1. The Scales of Accommodation to be normally provided for the Defence Services are contained in this Manual. It supersedes the authorization and scales as earlier laid down in the Scales of Accommodation 1983 and other Government letters issued to date in this regard. 2. This publication shall be quoted as authority for Works services of the Defence Forces.

New Delhi 2009

Secretary to the Government of India Ministry of Defence

SCALES OF ACCOMMODATION FOR DEFENCE SERVICES Part I Part II Part III Section A Section B Section C Part IV Part V General Provisions and Authorisation General Scales Specialised Scales Specialised Accommodation for Army Specialised Accommodation for Navy Specialised Accommodation for Air Force

Electrical and Mechanical Services Married and Separated Family Accommodation

REGISTER OF AMENDMENTS Amendment Numbers Date of Amend -ment Page referred to Dated initials of person by whom corrected Amendment Numbers Date of Amend ment Page referred to Dated initials of person by whom corrected

CONTENTS Page No PREFACE PART I GENERAL PROVISIONS AND AUTHORISATION Chapter 1. Chapter 2. 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 2.20 2.21 Main Introductory Notes General Provisions Ceiling and Lining Ceiling Height Colour in Buildings Fire Precautions Fire Places Floors and Dado Fixtures and Fittings Furniture including Built in items Glossary of Terms Hygienic Works Iron Bars or Grills to Windows and Ventilators Mosquito Proofing Refuse Disposal Sewerage and Sewage Disposal Telephone/Television Aerial Fixtures Trees, Hedges and Land Scaping Use of Audio Visual Aids Use of Solar Cookers and Cooking platform Letter Box Computer Room in Major Units 1-3 4-9 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 10-21 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12

Chapter 3 General Authorisation 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 Assault Course Baggage Room Band accommodation Bank Battery Charging Shops Bicycle-cum-Scooter Stand Boxing Rings Camps Childrens School Civilian Community Hall-cum-Recreation Centre Coal and Coke Yards

3.12.1 LPG Gas Depot 3.13 3.14 3.15 Confidence Course Dhobi Ghat Drivers Training Tracks

3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38 3.39 3.40 3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45 3.46 3.47 3.48 3.49 3.50 3.51 Chapter 4.

Drying and Ironing Room External Lighting or Perimeter Lighting and Watch Towers Family Welfare Centre Film Vaults Flag Staff Guard at Officers Residences Helipads Holiday Homes Hutted Accommodation Incinerators Janitors Closet Labour Camps Leave Camps MES Inspection Bungalows Meter or Switch House Motivation Training Hall-cum-Museum Obstacle Course Post and Telegraph Office Railway Siding and Platforms Religious Buildings Religious Institute Hall Roads and Paved Area Road Furniture, External Sign Postings and Speed Sainik Aramgrahs School Kindergarten Sentry Boxes Shopping Centre Storage Accommodation Telephone Exchange Tradesmen Shops Training Shed Unit Shops Verandahs Walls, Gates and Fences Water Closets or Latrines, Urinals, Baths and Wash Hand Basins Wells Accommodation Authorised for all Units Breakers

13 13 13 13 13 13-14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 15-16 16 16 16 16 16 16-17 17 17 17-18 18-19 20 20 20 20 20 20-21 21 21 22-24

PART II GENERAL SCALES Chapter 5. Single Living Accommodations 25 26 27 28-29 30-31 32-34 35-36 37-38 39-41 42-43 44-50 51-52 53-55 56-59 62-63 64-66 67-68 69-70 71 72 73-74 75-76 77-78 79-80 81-83 84-86

Table 5.I Single Living Accommodation for Service Officers and Nursing Officers Table 5.II Single Living Accommodation for Officer Cadets

Table 5.III Single Living Accommodation for JCOs/NCOs/ OR and Equivalent in Other Services Chapter 6. Table 6.I Table 6.II Table 6.III Table 6.IV Equivalents Chapter 7. Table 7.I Table 7.II Table 7.III Table 7.IV Chapter 8 Table 8.I Table 8.II Table 8.III Table 8.IV Table 8.V Table 8.VI Table 8.VII Table 8.VIII Chapter 9 Table 9.I Table 9.II Accommodation for Messes and Clubs Messes for Service Officers and Nursing Officers Messes for Officer Cadets Messes (Clubs) for JCOs and their Equivalents Dining Halls and Cook Houses for Havs/ OR and their

Administrative and Working Accommodation Covered Accommodation for Vehicles and Ancillaries Guard House and Ancillaries MI Rooms Office and Administrative Accommodation

Training and Recreational Facilities Auditorium-cum-Cinema Hall Education Buildings Gymnasium Institute Parade Grounds Ranges Recreation Grounds and Courts Swimming Pools

Miscellaneous Accommodation Central Maintenance Stations Fire Stations and Static Water Tanks PART III SECTION A SPECIALISED ACCOMMODATION FOR ARMY

Chapter 10.

Field Formation Headquarters Field Formation Headquarters

87 88-92 93 94-96 97-99 100 101-103 104-106 107-108 109-110 111-112

Table 10.I Chapter 11.

Armoured Corps and Mechanised Infantry Units Armoured Corps Units Mechanised Infantry Units

Table 11.I Table 11.II Chapter 12.

Artillery Units Air Defence Artillery Groups and Regiments Air Observation Post Units Artillery Guns, Radars and Equipment Artillery Locating Units Field Branch Artillery Units

Table 12.I Table 12.II Table 12.III Table 12.IV Table 12.V

Chapter 13.

Engineer Units Engineer Units Accommodation for Bulk Storage of Engineer Stores Military Engineering Service and Engineer Works Units

113 114-116 117-118 119-120 121 122-123 124-127 128 129-130 131-132 133 134-135 136 137-138 139-142 143 144-147 148-153 154 155-158 159-160 161 162 163-164 165-166 167-174 175 176-186 187 188 189-194 195 196-204 205 206 207-209 210 211 212-214 215-216 217 218-219

Table 13.I Table 13.II Table 13.III Chapter 14

Signal Units Signal Units Signal Centres

Table 14.I Table 14.II Chapter 15

Infantry Units Infantry Battalions Instructional Accommodation for Infantry Units

Table 15.I Table 15.II Chapter 16.

Army Service Corps Units Air Dispatch Units Animal Transport Units Bakeries Butcheries Mechanical Transport Units POL Depots Supply Depots

Table 16.I Table 16.II Table 16.III Table 16.IV Table 16.V Table 16.VI Table 16.VII Chapter 17.

Army Medical Corps Units AFMSD, AMSD and FMSD Corps of Dental Units Field Ambulances Field and Station Health Organisation Schools and Hostels for Probationer Nurses

Table 17.I Table 17.II Table 17.III Table 17.IV Table 17.V Chapter 18.

Ordnance units Ordnance Depots/ Installations

Table 18.I Chapter 19.

Electrical and Mechanical Engineers Units EME Light and Field Repair Workshop.

Table 19.I Chapter 20.

Remount Veterinary Corps Units Field Veterinary Laboratories Veterinary Hospitals, Mobile Veterinary Section and Unit

Table 20.I Table 20.II Sick Lines Chapter 21.

Military Farms and Depots Military Farms and Depots

Table 21.I Chapter 22.

Corps of Military Police Units Military Police Units Military Prisons

Table 22.I Table 22.II Chapter 23.

Army Postal Service Units Section Base/Field Post Offices and Scheduled Dispatch Central Base Post Office

Table 23.I Offices Table 23.II Chapter 24. Chapter 25.

Regimental Training Centres Services Selection Centres and Recruiting Offices Services Selection Centres

Table 25.I

Table 25.II Chapter 26. Chapter 27.

Recruiting Offices

220 221 222 223-226

Convalescent Depots Accommodation for Animals Accommodation for Animals PART III SECTION B SPECIALISED ACCOMMODATION FOR NAVY

Table 27.I

Chapter 28. Chapter 29. Chapter 30.

Accommodation for Navy Harbour and Operating Facilities Naval Officer In charge Complex Officer In charge Complex

227-230 231 232 233-234 235 236-237 238-239 240-243 244-245 246 247 248-250 251-253 254-255 256 257 258 259-260 261-262 263-264 265 266-270 271-273 274 275 276 277 278 279-280

Table 30.I

Chapter 31. Maritime Operations Centre Table 31.I Maritime Operation Centre Chapter 32. Chapter 33. Chapter 34. Chapter 35. Chapter 36. Chapter 37. Chapter 38. Chapter 39. Chapter 40. Shore Establishment Naval Air Station Naval Dockyard Complex Base Repair Organisation Fleet Maintenance Units Naval Stores Depot Naval Armament Depot Weapon Equipment Depot Naval Armament Inspectorate Naval Armament Inspectorate Organisation

Table 40.I Chapter 41. Chapter 42. Chapter 43. Chapter 44. Chapter 45. Chapter 46. Chapter 47. Chapter 48.

Base Victualling Yard Technical Position Naval Coast and Examination Battery Naval Missile Battery Naval Radar Station Naval Signal Units Command / Unit Transport Pool and Workshop Meteorological Office and Observatory Meteorological Office and Observatory

Table 48.I Chapter 49.

Central Reference Library Central Reference Library

Table 49.I Chapter 50. Chapter 51.

Distributing Authority and Chart Depot Naval Clearance Diving Team Accommodation PART III SECTION C SPECIALISED ACCOMMODATION FOR AIR FORCE

Chapter 52. Accommodation for Air Force Units, Army Aviation Units and Establishments Table 52.I Air Force, Army Aviation Technical And Operational Buildings And Facilities PART IV ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES

281-282 283-285

Chapter 53. Chapter 54.

Air-Conditioning Electric Supply Electric Lighting Light and Power Socket Outlets

286-288 289-290 291-296 297-300 301

Table 54.I Table 54.II Chapter 55. Lifts

Table 55.I Chapter 56.

Scales of Lifts

302 303 304-306 307 308 309 310-314 315 316-317 318-319 320-322 320 320 320 320 320 320-321 321 321-322 322 322 323

Refrigerators, Deep Freezers and Electric Water Coolers Refrigerators and Deep Freezers Ice Making Machine

Table 56.I Table 56.II Chapter 57. Chapter 58.

Stand by Generating Sets Ventilation Ventilation

Table 58.I Chapter 59.

Water supply and Hot Water Supply Water Supply Hot Water Supply

Table 59.I Table 59.II Chapter 60. 60.1 60.2 60.3 60.4 60.5 60.6 60.7 60.8 60.9 60.10

E & M Services : Miscellaneous items Cathodic Protection Desert Coolers Electric Bells Electric Sirens Engagement Lights Heating Services Ice Plant Lightning Protection Obstruction Lights Scales of Electrification for Civilians Scales of Electrification for Civilians PART V MARRIED AND SEPARATED FAMILY ACCOMMODATION

Table 60.I

Chapter 61.

Married and Separated Family Accommodation Service Officers and Nursing Officers JCOs, Havs, OR and their Equivalent in Other Services Civilians APPENDICES

324-328 329-330 331 332-333

Table 61.I Table 61.II Table 61.III

Appendix A

Categorisation of Stations on the basis of Climatic Conditions

334-339 340

Appendix B List of stations where Air- conditioning is to be installed in the Offices of the Rank of Major General and above and Equivalents in the Navy and Air Force Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Authorised Scales of Water Consumption List of Stations where Desert Coolers are Authorised List of Station authorised for Heating Services List of Stations where Married Accommodation for Civilians is

341-343 344-345 346 346-347

PART-I (GENERAL PROVISIONS AND AUTHORISATION) CHAPTER NO. 1 MAIN INTRODUCTORY NOTES 1.1 This publication has been prepared to define authorised Scales of Accommodation, fittings and allied services applicable for long term requirements of the Defence Services. It has been prepared for the information and guidance of all concerned with the planning of accommodation and Works Services for the Defence Forces. It supersedes existing scales to the extent covered herein. 1.2 The various scales dealt with in this publication have been grouped into five parts. These comprise of general provisions, authorisations and specific scales with Notes and Tables giving areas, special fittings as authorised and other planning remarks applicable to the various types of accommodation. 1.3 Part I contains general provisions and authorisation of scales which are common to the three Services and have been laid down on a numerical criteria irrespective of any particular unit (regiment, battalion etc). The scales and percentages, wherever applicable are given in this Part and the accommodation should be assessed based on the authorised establishment. 1.4 Part II deals with general scales together with fittings which are common to units or stations of the Defence Services comprising of accommodation for living, working, training, recreational, messes and other miscellaneous facilities. 1.5 Part III gives the specialised accommodation and special fittings required for various formations and units of the Army, Navy and Air Force. No attempt has been made to deal with specialised requirements of special units, e.g. headquarters commands, arsenals, category A establishments, particular requirements of training schools, centres, base workshops, special communication projects, etc which are to be treated as special works and may be determined on individual need basis by the board of officers for approval of Competent Financial Authority. 1.6 Part IV lays down the scales for Electrical and Mechanical Services.

1.7 Part V lays down the scales for married and separated family accommodation for service personnel and married accommodation for civilians paid from Defence Services Estimates including civilian personnel of Military Farms. 1.8 Scales of technical accommodation for hospitals have been covered in a separate publication. Other accommodation not covered in the hospital scales is to be provided as per scales laid down in this manual. 1.9 The scales specified herein are applicable to all new permanent constructions. These may also be applied for reappropriation and re-construction of existing permanent structures in which cases these will be regarded as a guide and not as a hard and fast regulation leaving no discretionary powers. It must, however, be understood that the fact of existing building falling short of the recognized standards will not in itself be sufficient to justify the requisition for enlargement, nor for reappropriation with a view to reduction in the number for which actually re-appropriated, without full consideration of the needs of the case. 1.10 The E and M services now authorised are based on the accepted standards and practices necessary for providing essential working and living environment. The provision of the essential E & M services in the existing buildings and establishments can be made with the approval of the Competent Financial Authority. 1.11 The existence of a scale neither constitutes evidence of need nor is an authority for the construction of new accommodation or for making improvements to existing buildings. The need for a Work Service and its scope must be properly examined and justified before sanction is accorded by Competent Financial Authority. The combining of facilities described in the scales should also be considered as a means of reducing costs and, often of improving convenience. In the ordinary course of events it is to be expected that the information contained in an authorised scale will meet the normal accommodation requirements of the type of station or units specified. This does not mean that proven requirement in excess of those indicated by a scale cannot be met nor does it mean that these will be provided in full where lesser scales are adequate and suitable to the end in view. 1.12 Normal functional requirements and specifications required to be provided on the basis of climate have been indicated. Climatic classification of the stations is given at Appendix A. This classification shall be followed and will also be used as a guide for determining other cases. 1.13 Building designs should be in sympathy with local practices, traditions and should take into consideration the conditions of climate, availability of material, etc. Specifications, design features, external finishes and normal building practices may be suitably adopted to cater for such requirements. Any marginal increase in the authorised area or cost resulting purely due to adoption of these measures shall be permissible. 1.14 The scales of floor area may be varied or marginally exceeded by Engineers, where imperative, for reasons such as convenience of design and need to evolve an efficient and viable modular plan. Such an increase must be kept to the minimum essential and effort should be made to adjust such increase within the overall admissible plinth area.

1.15 Due to the shortage of land in Military stations and the difficulty of acquiring additional land, it is necessary to ensure maximum use of available land. Also with the difficulty in provisioning of infra-structure particularly for living accommodation, large units and installations such as hospitals, regimental centres, training institutions etc; while planning the construction of multi-storey buildings, design of foundations where necessary should allow for the construction of additional storeys at a future date. Each such case shall however be decided on merits with the approval of Competent Financial Authority not below the GOC-in-C Command or equivalent. 1.16 Scales given herein for the OTM accommodation are in terms of floor area for each facility except where specially indicated otherwise. This is the actual floor area within the finished containing walls. Staircases and lift lobbies wherever provided will be authorised additional area on as required basis, wherever these are not specifically catered for, to the extent of actual provision of area for these items. 1.17 In other than married accommodation, the area which are detailed in scales make no allowance for circulation space, viz entrance halls, lobbies, passages, verandahs, etc., nor the space taken up by walls, partitions, etc. Unless otherwise specified, these are catered for in a space allowance known as Area Addition and shall be allowed for in the conversion factors. The conversion factors shall be assessed as percentage of floor area for different type of buildings including verandahs supported by columns or walls. However, for married and single living accommodation where the scales have been stipulated on plinth area basis the area addition shall only be applicable for items specifically detailed in the respective Tables. Architectural bands cornices etc and projection up to one metre for weather protection will not be counted towards plinth area. The normal authorisation of plinth area after conversion from floor area is based on 20 centimeter single brick walls. For thicker walls, cavity walls, stone walls and for other accepted norms, plinth area will be increased to the extent of extra area needed for such construction. In the case of cantilevers beyond 1 metre, only 50 percent of such areas will be counted towards the covered area. 1.18 It is the responsibility of the administrative authorities to lay down general type of accommodation required. The Engineers will be responsible for the designs and specifications and will be guided by the following principles: (a) Economy of engineer effort in all its aspects is of paramount importance and involves simplicity of design in sympathy with local architecture, economy in material, plant, movement and labour. (b) Structures must be technically sound, suitable for the purpose for which they are required and provide comfort conditions for living as well as working wherever built for the purpose. 1.19 The siting and layout of accommodation is the responsibility of Board of Officers convened for the purpose, but it is the duty of the Engineers to advise the Board so that maximum economy in essential services, i.e., railway track, roads, drainage, sewage disposal, water supply and electricity distribution is achieved and that individual buildings are oriented in an economical as well as efficient manner. 1.20 For determination of the total extent of accommodation for items indicated on as required basis in the Tables for each item where only per unit scales have been indicated such as cycle-cum-scooter stands, accommodation for records, etc, the assessment of the numbers for which such accommodation is to be provided shall be made by the Board of Officers and the same sanctioned under works procedure in vogue. 1.21 In the case of specialised requirements of certain units because of the peculiar technical requirements, the facilities to be provided for each unit have only been listed and no scales have been indicated. The information contained in Part III of the book should be used as a guide to assess the requirement for analogous cases. For other items previously sanctioned scales for similar projects shall be followed as applicable. 1.22 In such cases where the specialised requirement has not been assessed for unit, establishment or station but the items of accommodation as applicable to the Service as a whole have been listed for assessment on as required basis, the total requirement of each such unit or establishment or station shall be assessed as a whole. The provision of accommodation shall be generally in accordance with special instructions issued by the Service Headquarters from time to time and in terms of Para 1.20 and 1.21 above to determine the authority competent to sanction the work under works procedure in vogue. If and when items are taken up individually these shall be treated as special.

CHAPTER NO. 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.1 Due consideration should be given to bye-laws of the local civil authority wherever any accommodation is built in the areas covered by civil jurisdiction. Also any accommodation and related facilities provided for industrial workers wherever built, should conform to the prevailing laws under the Factory Act. Accommodation for explosives, shells and ammunition, etc should be as per existing Magazine Regulations and any other instructions issued for the purpose by appropriate authority. Ceilings should be provided in officers living accommodation, messes, offices, amenity 2.2 Ceiling and Lining. buildings, MI rooms, stores where perishable articles are stored and where required to serve a specific purpose. For other living accommodation ceilings are authorised where climatically considered necessary by the Station Commander. Ceiling with RCC roofs and those required for heat insulation, accoustical or decorative purposes etc will be provided as special. However, in rooms to be air-conditioned, ceiling may be provided if considered necessary by the engineer authority. 2.3 Ceiling Height 2.3.1. Ceiling rooms : (a) (b) (c) heights as given below should be followed for normal habitable

Hot and Dry Hot and humid or Coastal Cold (Hills) 3.20 M

3.20 M

3.00 M

Minimum volume of rooms is desirable for air-conditioning and in hills (cold) to ensure thermal economy. 2.3.2. These will be taken as average ceiling heights where sloping roofs or ceilings are provided and due care being taken that ceiling height is not less than 3.00 M at the point where ceiling fan is to be fixed. These may be suitably increased as per functional requirements in cookhouses, large size halls, main rooms of technical and storage accommodation etc, wherever required. Similarly for toilets, dressing rooms, certain stores etc, heights may be reduced if feasible. 2.4 Colour in Buildings 2.4.1 External finish: Cement based paint in white/colour is authorised for all new permanent buildings which must be planned and co-coordinated to achieve overall harmony in stations. Existing permanent buildings may also be authorised cement based paint wherever it is assessed to be economical as per satisfaction of CFA. New Multistoried buildings above two storeys including those for living accommodation of all Ranks (officers / JCOs / OR) may be provided with permanent finish of stone chips/ grit . Permanent finish stone chips /grit or granular finish may be provided to officers messes / institutes /religious buildings /family Welfare Centres/ Auditoriums for new construction. 2.4.2 Dry Distemper will be authorised in all JCO/OR living accommodation(Married /Single) including their dining halls /Cook houses. Coloured finishes in the form of Oil Bound Distemper (but excluding Plastic Emulsion Paint) will be authorised in all officers living Accommodation/officers Messes /JCOs Mess and club/officers Institute/ All offices /Lecture cum cinema hall. Plastic emulsion paint finish may be provided to selected main rooms of officers Messes /officers Institutes /Inspection Bungalows/ Family Welfare Centres/MI Room/ education buildings used for training/labs. All other buildings like storage accommodation, garages, servant quarters, toilets will be authorized lime color/white wash. Occupational fire prevention and the maintenance and / or replacement of portable fire 2.5 Fire Precautions. equipment is not the responsibility of the Work Services. However structural planning and design aspects of important buildings will be co-ordinated with the Fire Advisor at the design stage to ensure adherence to existing Safety Regulations. Suitable provision for housing portable fire equipment in the buildings should be made and glazed in-built cupboards or niches provided as necessary. Suitable plinths with covers should be provided wherever fire points are established in the unit areas. Fire places will be provided only in hill (cold) stations where considered essential by the Station 2.6 Fire Places. Commander and found economical to operate as compared to electrical heating. 2.7 Floors and Dado 2.7.1 Hard-wearing and easy to maintain floors will be provided in the following accommodations as shown against each :(a) Sanitary annexe in all living accommodation Non skid ceramic tiles.

(b) Officers living accommodations main rooms. Terrazzo tiles with white cement /Kota stone/Non skid ceramic tile. (c) JCO/OR living accommodation main rooms. Terrazzo tiles with white/grey cement.

(d) Officers Institute and Mess - Polished kota stone/Non-skid ceramic tiles/ Terrazzo tiles with white cement (Note- Granite/Vitrified tiles may be provided in entrance hall/lobby of officers mess/ officers institute. (e) (f) (g) (h) (j) (k) Kitchen in all accommodations cook houses and cafeteria Kota stone/Non skid ceramic tile. MI rooms polished Kota stone /Non-skid ceramic tile/terrazzo tiles in white cement. Main entrance halls and staircases Kota stone /terrazzo tiles in white cement. Offices of officers Ceramic tiles/ Terrazzo tiles with white cement. Education rooms / Laboratories /Inspection Bungalows Kota stone/ceramic tiles. All other accommodations Terrazzo tiles in white/grey cement.

2.7.2 Wherever sound absorption and other special type of flooring is required or specified in the scales, suitable flooring of PVC tiles or of any other suitable material will be provided. 2.7.3 Dado in glazed ceramic tiles or terrazzo or other material in conformity with floor finish be provided upto suitable height upto door or lintel level based on assessment by Board of Officers for the following: (a) (b) Sanitary annexes in all types accommodations. Kitchen in Married Accommodation of all ranks.

(c) Servery and Restaurant of Officers Messes, Officers Institute / JCOs Club/ OR institute and ORs cook house / dining hall. (d) MI Room etc. and wherever specified in the Scales.

The fixtures and fittings detailed as special facility in the Tables of Scales are authorised and 2.8 Fixtures and Fittings. will be provided under the Work Services. Also, such fittings and fixtures shall be provided, as are considered necessary for efficient functioning of particular items of accommodation such as counters in all stores where issues are made, picture rails where pictures or instructional charts are to be displayed, etc. Hat and coat pegs will be provided where so required. Kitchen cabinets will be provided for the following: (a) (b) (c) Kitchens in married accommodation for offrs ---As per latest provisions of MAP. Kitchen/Servery in officers Mess / JCOs club / Institute Cook house and cafeteria kitchen of ORs Institute.

Scales for furniture are laid down separately. Furniture may be provided 2.9 Furniture including Built-in Items. on as required basis not exceeding the items and scales as laid down. Provision should be limited to essential requirements only. In new construction and major re-construction schemes, rationalised furniture to the authorised scales will be provided under the Works Services. The MES will be responsible for the provision of authorised items of furniture as per scales for all completed buildings. Furniture will be manufactured to cater for built up and tented accommodation only. Certain specific requirement of built in furniture have been listed in various Tables of Scales. These are required to be provided subject to omission of equivalent loose items of furniture. Furniture to the approved scales shall be provided to authorised messes. Certain built-in furniture as listed in Scales for married accommodation of service officers/JCO/OR is authorized as built-in furniture for equivalent civilian married accommodation also.

2.10

Glossary of Terms The following terms used in this publication are defined as under : (a) Authorised Establishment. The authorised establishment of a unit or establishment comprises of the personnel on the sanctioned establishment or borne on the WE or PE, as also any civilian staff authorised on the strength of the unit. It excludes personnel on attachment. (b) Dependent Strength. The strength of officers, troops, families including authorised civilians for whom a particular facility is required to cater for will be taken as dependent strength. (c) Equivalent Ranks. The equivalent ranks in three Services are given below : -

Army Sepoy Naik Havildar Naib Subedar Subedar Subedar Major Leiutenant Captain Major Lieutenant Colonel Colonel Brigadier Major General Lieutenant General Seaman Leading Seaman Petty Officer

Navy

Air Force AC or LAC Corporal Sergeant Junior Warrant Officer Warrant Officer Master Warrant Officer Flying Officer Flight Lieutenant Squadron Leader Wing Commander Group Captain Air Commodore Vice Air Marshal Air Marshal

Chief Petty Officer Master Chief Petty Officer- II Master Chief Petty Office -I Sub Lieutenant Lieutenant Lieutenant Commander Commander Captain Commodore Rear Admiral Vice Admiral

All units with authorized strength of more than 400 personnel will be (d) Large Unit and Small Unit. considered as large units where as those with less than 400 personnel will be considered as small units. (e) Military Station. All stations with Army, Navy or Air Force units located therein are referred as military stations. (f) Sanctioning Authorities. Wherever a reference is made in the scales of GOC-in-C Command, GOC Area or any other CFA it shall also mean equivalent sanctioning authority of the Navy and Air Force. 2.11 Hygienic Works Works of hygienic nature, such as fly proofing etc are authorised where considered necessary on hygienic grounds. Ration and grain stores will be rat proofed. All rooms where food is stored, prepared or eaten and latrines should be fly proofed. 2.12 Iron bars or Grills to Windows and Ventilators Iron bars or Grills to windows and ventilators will be provided on as required basis as a measure of security where considered essential. In coastal areas guard bars or grills of aluminum /non-corrosive material suitably treated/ coated against corrosion may be provided in lieu of iron due to high corrosion. Mosquito proofing is authorised to be provided in all living accommodation as well as other 2.13 Mosquito Proofing. critical OTM accommodation. Mosquito proofing may also be provided in buildings where personnel have to work between sunset and sunrise and where advised by medical authority. 2.14 Refuse Disposal. Refuse bin enclosures may be provided on as required basis. The site for the refuse bin enclosure to individual buildings must be compatible with the method of local collection of refuse and must conform to the requirements of the local authority for bulk removal. A suitable vehicle access should be provided to the bins where applicable. 2.15 Sewerage and Sewage Disposal 2.15.1 Provision of water borne sanitation and all connected sewage disposal works are authorised. Water borne sanitation may also be provided in operational areas in stations earmarked for provision of built up accommodation to meet the long term requirements.

2.15.2 Where corporation or municipality schemes and facilities for sewerage and sewage disposal are already existing and are available, arrangement shall be made for linking with the same. In stations where such facilities are not available, independent and adequate arrangements with technically complete systems for sewerage and sewage disposal may be provided. Soil and other technical investigations necessary for this purpose are also authorised. If an external aerial is needed to ensure satisfactory reception, the provision 2.16 Telephone /Television Aerial Fixtures. of fixtures for television aerial, cable, socket and conduits may be provided in public rooms of buildings where televisions are to be installed such as messes, clubs, institutes, instruction rooms, living and married accommodation of all ranks for ease of subsequent installation of aerials and lead connections. All married accommodation shall be provided with telephone cable, sockets and conduit for ease of subsequent installation of telephone connection.

2.17 Trees, Hedges and Land Scaping. Planting and maintenance of trees, hedges and general land-scaping is authorised as part of Work Services. Wherever visual aids are intended to be used or installed, suitable provision such as 2.18 Use of Audio Visual Aids. ports in walls and booths as also blank wall surface suitably painted to serve as screens may be provided as required. 2.19 Use of Solar Cookers and cooking platform may be considered if technically and economically found feasible.

Letter boxes of suitable size and design be authorised and provided for married accommodation of 2.20 Letter Box. officers / JCOs/ OR and civilian quarters. 2.21 Computer Room in Major Units. It is an age of information. Therefore, it is proposed that there should be a room of 15 SM size with facility of air-conditioning in each infantry battalion and other major units/equivalent in Navy and Air Force. Also, a computer center of suitable size be authorised in formation headquarters of Brigades / Divisions/ Corps/Commands and their equivalents in the Navy and Air Force and also to static HQs/ Installations like Stations / Sub Areas/ Areas / Depots and their equivalents in the Navy and Air Force. Any specific unit not covered above could be authorised a computer room / computer center based on a recommendations of Board of Officers subject to the approval of CFA.

CHAPTER NO. 3 GENERAL AUTHORISATION 3.1 The items of accommodation listed in this section are authorised. The assessment of provision of each facility is given in succeeding paras. 3.2 Assault Course. Assault course is to be provided at the scale of one per Regimental Training Centre. The standard design should be based on training instructions issued by Army Headquarters. 3.3 Baggage Room. Baggage Room of 34 SM per 150 personnel shall be authorised in all formations/units.

3.4 Band Accommodation. Accommodation for band instrument store at the scale of 19 SM for large units may be provided wherever bands are sanctioned. Band rehearsal room and instruments rooms may be provided based on merits with the prior approval of GOC-in-C Command or equivalent authority. The total floor area for both these rooms shall not exceed 3 SM per musician. The accommodation for opening a branch by a Nationalized / Scheduled Bank may be provided at the 3.5 Bank. discretion of GOC Area or equivalent where no such facility exists within two Kilometer of the formation or a married accommodation complex. The floor area shall be 150 SM per 5000 personnel or part thereof. 3.6 Battery Charging Shops 3.6.1 Battery Charging Shops shall be provided in units as authorised in the Table of Scales, for charging of secondary batteries of telecommunication equipment, vehicles and static engines or equipment. Shops for charging of aircraft and submarine batteries shall be provided on as required basis as per technical requirement. 3.6.2 Floor area for battery charging shop shall be provided for entitled number of batteries at the scale of 23 SM for the first 15 batteries and 1 SM for every additional battery. Overall floor area authorisation shall be allowed for the following percentages of the total number of batteries authorised : (a) Telecommunication Equipment (i) Large batteries of lead-acid type 33 % 10 %

(ii) Small sealed batteries i.e., niclecadmium or silver-zinc type etc. (b) 10 % Batteries of vehicles, mobile plant, static engines and eqpt.

3.6.3 The load assessed for shops of EME field repair workshops and similar establishments of other Services shall include the batteries authorised to such dependent units or establishments which are not provided with their own battery charging shop. For ordnance or engineer stores depots and establishments of other Services, which are responsible for issue of charged batteries, the load shall be determined from the total number of vehicles or batteries held, as applicable. 3.6.4 The shop may be divided as required into charging rooms, distillation plant room, electrolyte preparation room, etc. Battery charging shops shall be provided with stepped up racks or platforms with acid resistant covering on floors and walls up to 1.5 M height. 110 Volts DC power supply of adequate capacity with variable power out put and bus bars for tapping of power to the charging circuits shall be provided. Exhaust fans, suitable electrical fittings and conduits for wiring shall be provided. Water taps including proper drainage shall also be provided as required. Sheds for parking of bicycles cum scooters will be authorised for administrative 3.7 Bicycle cum Scooter Stand. buildings, defence establishments, depots and other similar military buildings where parking of bicycles and scooters is required. These will be provided to meet the minimum essential requirements and will be built to most economical design and specifications with the following floor areas :(a) (b) Bicycles Scooters - 0.84 SM per cycle - 2 SM per scooter

Boxing rings of inside dimensions 6.1 M x 6.1 M platform and extended 0.5 M outside the ropes 3.8 Boxing Rings. along with steps to be provided at the scale of one per Regimental Training Centre or similar training establishment of other services. The ring should be complete with ropes, padded corners, posts, seats and floor covering of suitable material, etc. conforming to specifications under boxing rules. 3.9 Camps

3.9.1 Rest camps and staging camps or camping grounds may be provided where required. In established camping grounds the maintenance of ancillary facilities viz water points, cook houses, etc if carried out by civil authorities on behalf of MES will be chargeable to MES Chhapering of tents may be provided in permanent camps and installations on the advice of medical authority. 3.9.2 Accommodation for cook house, latrines and bath rooms, armoury, etc. including plinths for tents may be provided for established camping grounds and camps of Regimental Training Centres for assessed strength of personnel camping, based on merit by GOC-in-C Command and equivalent. 3.10 Childrens School 3.10.1 The accommodation for childrens schools upto 10+2 may be provided at military stations where such facility is not available or where inadequate education facilities are available and when it has not been found feasible by the concerned education authorities to establish a childrens school. The provision shall be at the discretion of the GOC Area or equivalent authority and provided that the administrative arrangements to run the school can be made under the station arrangements. The decision on accommodation for children school in Cantonments may be taken on merit on case-to-case basis by MoD. 3.10.2 The floor area will be provided at a scale of 2.37 SM per student for assessed numbers based on the average attendance anticipated. This scale is inclusive of the requirement of space for teaching, administrative and other ancillary accommodation. These may be provided wherever civilian living 3.11 Civilian Community Hall-cum Recreation Centre. accommodation is constructed on station basis. The scale of accommodation to be assessed at 0.75 SM per person of the authorised civilian complement employed in defence installations and establishments. The maximum size of hall shall not exceed 350 SM. A plinth may be provided with side walls of not more than 1.8M high where coal and coke is 3.12 Coal & Coke Yards. required to be stacked at a scale of 1.10 CM per tonne for coal and 2 CM per tonne for coke. 3.12.1 LPG Gas Depot

LPG retail supply depot will be authorised within military stations /cantonments where such facilities are not available within a minimum radius of 3 KM with the approval of GOC-in C or equiv. The accommodation shall be @ 130 SM/5000 personnel or part thereof and its location will be decided as per rules / regulations and safety norms prescribed for such facilities by relevant authority. The accommodation shall be provided subject to payment of license fee (at commercial rates and the entire amount will be deposited in the consolidated Fund of India) and premium as per rules. 3.13 Confidence Course. Confidence Course shall be provided in all Infantry and Mechanised Infantry Regimental Training Centres at the scale of one per centre. The standard design shall be based on training instructions issued by Army Headquarters. Package type mechanical laundry be authorised for major units such as infantry battalions at the 3.14 Dhobi Ghat. discretion of GOC Area or equivalent in other Services. The details of package type mechanical laundry will be given by Chief Engineer Zone in the Board Proceedings. Other units are authorised 1 stone per 75 men for dhobi ghat which is to be provided. Covered sheds over stones in areas of hot climate may be provided. 3.15 Drivers Training Tracks Training track for B vehicles may be provided at the discretion of GOC3.15.1 Training track for B Vehicles. in-C Command. The track of 3.75M wide should be of suitable length not exceeding 8 Kms. The track wherever possible should simulate practice in hill and plain driving incorporating features like metalled road, sandy patch, crossings, embankments, defiles, turns, gradients, etc. Various traffic sign posts and singnals should be provided as required. 3.15.2 Training Tracks for A Vehicles. 5.5M wide training track for A vehicles may be provided for mechanized formation at the discretion of GOC-in-C Command. The length of the track to be provided as suitable but not exceeding 4 KMs with features like fording pits, embankments, water obstacle, defiles, etc. Portion of the track may be stone paved if required. Drying room will be provided where recommended by station medical authority at a 3.16 Drying and Ironing Room scale of 2.4 SM per 10 pers with cloth lines. Ironing room will be provided at a scale of 1.0 SM per 12 persons. Minimum room size will not be less than 9 SM in each case. These should be provided in technical areas, 3.17 External Lighting or Perimeter Lighting and Watch Towers. depots and installations where valuable stores, equipment, air craft, vehicles and machinery are parked or stored. These may also be provided at other places where essential subject to specific approval of GOC-in-C or equivalent.

3.18 Family Welfare Centre A family welfare center may be provided at a scale of 100 SM for a large unit (more than 400 personnel). The accommodation will normally comprise of a meeting hall and a family planning room. The facility of a family welfare center may be combined at station level if administratively convenient and to meet the service requirements, in which case the area will be assessed at 0.75 SM per person on the authorised married complement of the station subject to a maximum size of 500 SM. Film vaults are authorised for storage of films at Service Headquarters, Command Headquarters, Area 3.19 Film Vaults. Headquarters, category A and B establishments and at other units or depots where storage of number of films warrant provision of such accommodation. Standard size of film vault of 4m x 3.7m x 3.4m with racks to store up to 50 prints each, shall be provided. The number of film vaults to be provided shall be based on the assessed stocking. The vaults shall be airconditioned where technically considered necessary for safe storage of films. Location should be at least 25 metres away from main road or other buildings. 3.20 Flag Staff. area around it. 3.21 These will be provided where flags are authorised. It will include flag base, mast and a suitable paved

Guard at Officers Residences. 3.21.1 Accommodation for guard at officers residences will be provided for the following officers and their equivalents in other two Services when authorised guards :(a) (b) (c) GOC-in-C Corps Commander Div or Area Commanders 2 NCOs and 6 Rifles. 2 NCOs and 6 Rifles 1 NCO and 3 Rifles

(d) General Officers and a Brigadier in Command of a category A establishment, a Brigade and a Sub Area (provided an officer, senior in rank to him and entitled to guard under (a) and (c) above is not located in that station). 3.21.2 Following scales : (a) (b) items of accommodation will be

provided

1 NCO and 3 Rifles for the guard as per

Single living accommodation including verandahs on both sides. WCs, Bath, Urinals and WHB.

3.21.3 Where two Brigadiers are located in the same station the GOC-in-C will decide as to which of the two shall be entitled to a guard. Helipads with ancillaries may be provided on merit at the discretion of GOC-in-C Command where 3.22 Helipads. helicopter landing facilities are required. 3.23 Holiday Homes 3.23.1 Holiday Homes may be provided at hill stations, station of tourist attraction, places of pilgrimage, where specialised hospital facilities are available and at other selected stations for use by the serving and retired defence personnel. The selection of stations and the extent of accommodation to be constructed shall be decided on merits as approved by the Government 3.23.2 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 Charges for use of holiday homes shall be as per laid down rules.

Hutted Accommodation. Hutted accommodation will be provided when specifically authorised. Incinerators. These should be provided as required.

Janitors Closet. Janitors closet 4 SM each should be provided with common sanitary annexes. Labour Camps 3.27.1 Accommodation may be provided for Civil Labour Imported from distant areas for employment in defence installations. Single living accommodation will only be provided. Living accommodation will be in shelters or tents with sanitary annexe consisting of latrines, baths and urinals as per authorised scales. Camps will be laid out in rows

with 3 M clear space between huts and 9 M clear space between rows. Camps will accommodate 400 800 persons each and will have at least 12 M clear space all around. 3.27.2 Medical inspection room facility shall cater for the provision of medical officer room, treatment room, dispensary, store room and heat stroke room which shall be as per authorised scales for MI rooms corresponding to the appropriate strength. 3.27.3 A camp hospital with bedded accommodation for 5 percent of the total labour strength with kitchens, ward ancillaries, incinerator and disinfector shed may also be provided as required. 3.28 Leave Camps. Wherever leave camps are authorised, these will have the following accommodation as per authorised scales for the assessed strength of the camps or as given otherwise against each item : (a) Living accommodation with ancillaries including dining halls and cook houses. Hot water supply should be provided. (b) (c) (d) Offices for authorised officers and staff. MI Room. Store rooms and PA equipment room on as required basis.

(e) Recreation building complex with floor area of 7 SM per 8 men. This should include facilities such as canteen, cafeteria, recreation room, games room etc. (f) Cinema or theatre at a scale of 400 seats for every 1200 men or proportionate lesser size for lesser strength. (g) (h) Swimming pool 25M x 13.5M size for camps with strength of 500 or above. Play grounds.

These are authorised where necessary for the use of officers and subordinates of 3.29 MES Inspection Bungalows. the MES. The opening of inspection bungalows requires prior approval of the Engineer-in-Chief, Army Headquarters, as the head of the MES. 3.30 Meter or Switch House. Meter or Switch House for electric supply to be provided as required.

3.31 Motivation Training Hall-cum-Museum. Motivation Training Hall-cum-Museum of size not exceeding 320 SM along with necessary fittings and fixtures as required to be provided at the scale of one per Regimental Training Centre of the Army and equivalent training establishments of the other Services. Obstacle course may be provided for any unit at the discretion of GOC-in-C Command. One 3.32 Obstacle Course. course should serve as many units as possible. The standard design should be based on training instructions issued by Army Headquarters. 3.33 Post and Telegraph Office 3.33.1 The accommodation for a Post and Telegraph Office may be provided at the discretion of GOC Area or equivalent at detached military stations which do not have adjoining civil population where such facility exists and where it has not been found feasible to establish this facility by the P & T Department under their own arrangements. 3.33.2 The floor area should not exceed 67 SM. Living accommodation at the scale as applicable may be provided for officer in charge (Post Master) wherever post offices are constructed. 3.33.3 The payment of licence fee shall be as per rules. No licence fee for the accommodation shall be charged where GOC Area or equivalent authority considers that a Post and Telegraph Office is being constructed on grounds of military necessity or convenience and that the P & T Department requires that military building(s) be made available for the office and the officer in charge. 3.34 Railway Sidings and Platforms. Work in connection with railway sidings and platform, etc will be provided as required and treated as authorised works. 3.35 Religious Buildings 3.35.1 Religious Buildings may be provided on station basis at the discretion of GOC-in-C Command or equivalent for the assessed strength of personnel of each religious community. These Religious buildings shall cater for all station units sanctioned on PE and other personnel of the station not covered under the provision of religious institute hall.

3.35.2 The area authorised shall be assessed at 0.5 SM per person subject, however, to a maximum of 250 SM and a minimum of 75 SM for each religious building. The number of religious buildings in a station shall not exceed four in number. 3.36 Religious Institute Hall. A hall or halls of total floor area of 200 SM is authorised for a large unit or 50 SM for a small unit as religious institute. This shall be provided to units on WE, Regimental Training Centres and depots provided a religious teacher is borne on the sanctioned establishment of the unit. One additional hall may be provided in Regimental Training Centres or depots with strength over 1000 personnel and where more than one religious teacher is authorised. 3.37 Roads and Paved Area. The construction, improvement and maintenance of roads and paved areas where these are considered necessary is authorised. 3.38 Road Furniture, External Sign Postings and Speed Breakers. furniture may be provided as necessary. 3.39 Sainik Aramgrahs 3.39.1 Sainik Aramgahs may be provided at important railway stations, junctions and termini for use of defence personnel and their families in transit. The selection of stations and the strength of transients for which the facility is to be provided shall be approved by the Government. 3.39.2 The accommodation shall comprise living accommodation, a dispensary, canteen, armoury and other ancillary accommodation such as waiting hall, enquiry or booking room, information room, tradesmen shops, cafeteria with kitchen, store, pantry and dining halls for officers, JCOs and OR. Separate living and toilet facilities shall be provided for officers, JCOs and OR. 3.39.3 The office, administrative and living accommodation for officers and staff on the authorised establishment shall be provided as per scale. The scales of accommodation for transient personnel shall be as given below : External sign posting on roads and requisite road

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

Married Officers Single Officers Married JCOs and equivalents Single JCOs and equivalents Single / Married OR and equivalents (i) Single beds

20 SM per family 10 SM 10 SM per family 4.5 SM

4.2 SM per person

(ii) Two tier beds (iii) Three tier beds (f) (g) (h) (j) (k) Ancillary accommodation Dispensary and Treatment room Canteen Armoury Toilet (i) Bath, WC & WHB (ii) Urinal

3.0 SM per person 2.1 SM per person 1.50 SM per person 18.5 SM 20 SM As per scale for assessed number of arms 10 per cent 4 per cent

Provision of KG Schools in stations where such facility is not available in close vicinity may 3.40 School Kindergarten. be considered on merit by GOC Area or equivalent. Sentry boxes will be provided on as required basis if not covered in the tables of scales. The floor 3.41 Sentry Boxes. area for each sentry box shall not exceed 2.5 SM. 3.42 Shopping Centre.

3.42.1 Shopping center may be provided at military stations where in the opinion of the GOC Area or equivalent no civil shopping facility exists within a reasonable distance from the main married complex. The scales for provision shall be as under on station strength :1001 to 3000 troops 500 SM 3001 to 5000 troops 700 SM 5001 to 10000 troops 850 SM Above 10000 troops 850 SM plus 90 SM for every increase of 1000 troops. Toilet facilities be authorized at the scale of two urinals and one each of WC and WHB for males and one each of Water Closet (WC) and Wash hand basin (WHB) for females for every 3000 troops strength or part thereof in a shopping complex. Also with every increase or part thereof of 3000 troops, additional 2 urinals for the complex and one additional WC and WHB for gents only is authorized. 3.42.2 Depending on the requirement of the trades, the shops sizes be small (12 SM), medium (24 SM) or large (48 SM). The trades be selected out of the categories like aerated water, barber, books and stationery, car and scooter repair and service station, cloth, chemist and druggist, cycle, dry cleaner, fuel including gas, furniture, grocery, hardwares, meat and poultry, milk dairy and bakery, photographer, restaurant, radio and electrical repairer, shoes, tailor, vegetables and fruits and any other trade or commodities. 3.42.3 Suitable security measures like sliding metal grilles and Steel rolling shutters on all external doors shall be provided. Toilet facilities at the scale of two urinals and one each of WC and WHB for males and one each of WC and WHB for females be provided in a shopping complex. Licence fee and allied charges shall be charged at the scale laid by the Government. 3.43 Storage Accommodation. Storage accommodation, as given here-under is per person or animal for large or small unit. Suitable shelving or racks will be provided as required. Counters may be provided in all stores where issues are made. Windows and ventilators will be barred wherever considered necessary. Stores may be divided into compartments to suit the organisation of the unit :a) Armouries- Accommodation for weapons which do not form part of vehicles equipment will be provided at the rate of :i) Rifles 1 SM for 5 Rifles. ii) Machine Carbine 1 SM for 5 Machine Carbines. iii) Pistols 0.75 SM per 16 Pistols iv) LMGs-1 SM per 4 LMGs. v) MMGs/HMGs-1.5 SM per Gun. vi) 60 mm or 2Mor 1 SM per Mor. vii) 81mm Mor-5 SM per Mor viii) 106/57mm RCL Guns-16 SM per Gun. ix) Rocket Launcher 1 SM per RL. b) c) d) Clothing Store -1 SM per 10 men. (1 SM for 5 men where extreme cold clothing are authorised). Company Store -19SM Equipment Store -1 SM per 10 men or animals (minimum 9 SM).

e) Explosive Store - Storage accommodation for the units holding explosives in small quantities (as defined by Magazine Regulations) shall be provided in compartments of 2.4 SM for each category or compatible categories of explosives requiring separate storage as per regulations. f) Missile Store. Storage accommodation for missiles will be provided on as required basis. Suitable airconditioning of the accommodation will be provided as per technical requirements of the missiles. g) Mobilisation Equipment Store. i) Large Unit 65 SM ii) Small Unit 30 SM To be provided where mobilisation stores are specifically authorised. In case of small units to be provided where located independently. h) Oil Store (General Purpose) 9 SM

j) Ration store-cum-Ration Stand- For ration store 1 SM per 15 persons (minimum 9 SM) and for ration stand 25 SM for large units only. k) Reservist Store. i) ii) Clothing and Accoutrements11 SM for 100 kits. Arms as per armouries.

Authorised only for units which equip reservists on mobilisation. The arms store is normally attached to the guard houses. l) SAA Store- 1 SM for 40 rifles, stn. machine carbine or pistols and 6 SM per 10 light, medium, or heavy machine guns. The room will normally be divided into two compartment i.e., one for mobilisation and one for practice. It should normally have an external access only. m) Shell Store. Storage accommodation for ammunition pertaining to armoured fighting vehicles and artillery guns, mortars etc., except missiles, shall be provided at the scale of 2 SM per tonne for ammunition up to 100 mm caliber and at 2.75 SM per tonne for ammunition above 100 mm caliber. n) Sports Store. i) Large Unit 19 SM ii) Small Unit 9 SM o) Station Store. To be provided on as required basis if station stores are held by the unit.

p) Store room for gases where authorised (oxygen, acetylene, compressed air, carbon-dioxide and LPG) to be provided with area up to 20 SM. q) Ramps where loading /off loading is required to be done from vehicles.

Accommodation for P & T Telephone Exchange should be provided as per the technical 3.44 Telephone Exchange. requirements of the exchange equipment wherever this is authorised to be installed. 3.45 Tradesmen Shops 3.45.1 Armourers Shop. 23 SM (minimum). Additional area at 4.5 SM per armourer be provided if more than two armourers are held. Suitable verandah be provided. 3.45.2 Artificers Workshop including Barber Shop. These will be provided for such trademen as are required to set up working shops and who are not provided with separate technical shops in unit at a scale of 5.6 SM per artificer, minimum size of shops to be 12 SM with verandah. Similar floor area shall be authorised per barber. Barber shop should also have mirror, shelving, WHB, peg set, towel rail and a small built in cupboard. 3.46 Training Shed. Training sheds may be provided for basic military training battalions or regiments of all Regimental Training Centres of the Army and equivalent training establishments of the other Services for un-interrupted outdoor training during inclement whether, Open shed with suitable side cover from weather shall be provided. The area of the shed shall be at a scale of 432 SM (36M x 12M) for every 166 trainees on the authorised establishment of the basic military training battalion or regiment, etc. Provision will be at the discretion of GOC-in-C Command or equivalent. Unit shops may be provided for trades such as tailor, bootmaker, cycle repairer and grocer etc. The 3.47 Unit Shops. floor area for unit shops of a large unit shall be 60 SM. In a military station where a shopping centre does not exist, the floor area of unit shops, however, may be 132 SM for a large unit to cater for additional trades such as barber, dhobi, vegetable and fruits, halwai, general store, meat and fish etc. The shops shall be small or medium as per the sizes indicated in the scales for shopping centre. Licence fee and allied charges shall be charged at the scale laid down by the Government. Verandahs are required to serve as circulation space in buildings and to provide protection from sun 3.48 Verandahs. and rain. These will be provided as required to meet such functional and climate requirements. The clear width should normally not exceed 2.1 M. Single men barracks however may be provided with 2.5 M wide verandah on two sides for sleeping out purposes at stations where at certain times of the year it is preferable for troops to sleep in verandahs. Two side verandah may also be provided with other buildings such as stores and shops, wherever required. 3.49 Walls, Gates and Fences. a) These will be provided on as required basis. Maximum heights of security walls and fencing should be as specified below :(i) (ii) High Security Wall Security fencing 3M 2.7 M

2.1 M Surmounted with 0.8 M high Barbed wire fencing. (iv) Cattle fencing 1.4 M (normal) 1.7 M (to meet special requirement). b) Perimeter and boundary walls 1.3 M high may be provided around living accommodation complexes as considered necessary to prevent trespassing and occupation by unauthorised settlers. Compound walls may be provided where bungalows or residences are along main roads and where no perimeter wall exists. Other individual residential buildings may however be provided with barbed wire fencing or hedges. (c) In addition concertina coil of barbed wire between inner and outer fencing and punching tape on as required basis may be provided for specific sensitive and vulnerable installations with the approval of GOC-in-C or equiv in AF and Navy. 3.50 Water Closet or Latrines, Urinals, Bath and Wash Hand Basins. 3.50.1 Each toilet or bath room or WC will normally comprise of fittings and fixtures given below. Additions or deletions shall be made if indicated in the table of scales : Unit (a) Toilet Area 3 SM Fixtures and Fittings WC, WHB, urinal, mirror, towel rail, toilet paper rack and ablution tap. All as above (without urinal) with Bath shower, soap tray or soap niche,(medicine cupboard in married, single officer and nursing officer accommodation only). Shower, towel rail, soap tray or soap

(iii)

Low Security wall

(b) Toilet with

4 SM

(c) Bath Room

2 SM

(d) Water Closet

1.5 SM

Toilet paper rack with European type WC, niche and ablution tap With mirror and soap tray or soap niche

(e) Wash hand basin (f) Urinal

1 SM

1 SM

3.50.2 Buildings, training, recreation or work areas for which toilet facilities are not specifically authorised in the scales, may be provided with limited facilities at the scale not exceeding 1% each of WC, WHB, and urinal if in the opinion of the appropriate medical authority, the existing facilities are not located within a reasonable distance. 3.50.3 Toilet facilities as authorised for various types of buildings are given in the respective tables in terms of numbers. Floor area for these facilities will be in addition to the total authorised floor area for the building unless otherwise specified. 3.51 Wells. Wells may be provided where conditions render it necessary.

CHAPTER NO. 4 ACCOMMODATION AUTHORISED FOR ALL UNITS 4.1 Accommodation that is generally common and authorised to all units of the Services provided their establishment justifies it as per laid down rules under General Provisions. Authorisations and Scale, is given in Parts I and II. The specialised accommodation authorised to various units in addition to the common items listed below and E & M scales are contained in parts III & IV respectively. 4.2 Thus for example, if total accommodation for an Infantry battalion is to be determined, it would be obtained from the list given below for common items and for specialised items from the relevant section for Infantry units in Part III. Scales for Electrical and Mechanical items as are given in Part IV shall be applicable. 4.3 Accommodation common to all units as authorised is given below :-

S.No. A

Items Accommodation for Messes and Clubs. (For officers, Nursing, Officers, JCOs and OR)

Scale / Reference Part II Accommodation for Messes and Clubs.

B C

Coal and Coke Yards Covered Accommodation for Vehicles and Ancillaries Dhobi Ghat Drying and Ironing Room Education Building

Part I General Authorisation Part II Administrative and Working Accommodation. Part I General Authorisation -doPart II Training and Recreational Facilities. Part I General Authorisation Part II Miscellaneous Accommodation Where Flags are authorised Part I General Authorisation Part II Administrative and Working Accommodation. Part I General Authorisation Part II Training and Recreational Facilities. Part I General Authorisation Part II Single Living Accommodation.

D E F

G H I

Family Welfare Centre Fire Stations and Static Water Tanks Flag Staff

Guard House and Ancillaries

K L M N

Incinerators Institutes Janitors Closet Living Accommodation (for Officers, Nursing Officers, JCOs and OR)

Medical Inspection Rooms

Part II Administrative and Working Accommodation. Part I General Authorisation Part II Administrative and Working Accommodation.

P Q

Meter and Switch House Office and Administrative Accommodation

Parade Ground

Part II Training and Recreational Facilities. -doPart I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation

S T U V

Recreation Grounds and Courts Religious Institute Hall Sentry Boxes Shops Tradesment (a) Armourers

(b) Artificers Workshops including Barber Shop. W Stores (a) Armouries (b) Clothing (c) Equipment (d) Explosive

Part I General Authorisation To be provided if Armourers are held on the strength of unit. Part I General Authorisation

Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation -doPart I General Authorisation For units equipped with small quantities of miscellaneous explosives which, as per magazine Regulations, are not to be stored together or with small arms ammunition. Part II-Covered Accommodation for Vehicles and Ancillaries Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation Part II Covered Accommodation for Vehicles and Ancillaries. Part I General Authorisation. Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation Normally attached to Guard Houses. Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation. To be provided if Station Stores are held. Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation.

(e) Lubricating Oil and Grease. (f) Mobilisation Equipment. (g) Oil Store (General Purpose). (h) Petrol (j) Ration Store-cum-Ration Stand (k) Reservist (l) Small Arms Ammunition. (m) Sports (n) Station X Y Z Unit Shops Walls, Gates and Fences Water closets, Latrines, Urinals, Baths and Wash Hand Basins.

PART-II (GENERAL SCALES) CHAPTER NO. 5 SINGLE LIVING ACCOMMODATION 5.1 Service Officers and Nursing Officers. Officers are contained in Table 5.1 5.2 Officer Cadets. 5.2.1 Scales of single living accommodation for Officer Cadets are laid down in Table 5.II. Separate scales have been indicated for senior and junior officer cadets. 5.2.2 Officer cadets undergoing pre-commission training in such institutions from where they would graduate as commissioned officers on completion of training are categorized as senior officer cadets. Cadets of other institutions or wings carrying out pre-commission training are termed as junior officer cadets. 5.2.3 Living accommodation shall be built as single Rooms with verandah. Curtain rods and runners with valance rails or pelmet boards to be provided in living and other common rooms. 5.2.4 5.3 Box room and working rooms for orderlies to be provided one each for 50 and 25 cadets respectively. Scales of single living accommodation for Service Officers and Nursing

JCOs, NCOs, OR and Equivalent in Other Services. 5.3.1 Scale of single living accommodation for JCOs, NCOs, OR and their equivalent are contained in Table 5.III.

5.3.2 The accommodation will normally be provided in self contained blocks comprising of NCOs rooms and barrack rooms for 20 OR alongwith sanitary annexe. Barracks may be divided into rooms of various sizes as required. 5.3.3 In the case of training battalions 20 percent additional accommodation in the singlemens barracks of each company above the authorised establishment of single men will be provided in order to allow for recruits in excess of establishment and parties from absentee battalions. The barrack accommodation of each platoon of training company will be self contained. 5.3.4 Central entrances, lobby, passages and staircases will be provided as required.

TABLE 5.I SCALES OF SINGLE LIVING ACCOMMODATION FOR SERVICE OFFICERS AND NURSING OFFICERS S.N. Description of Items Plinth Area (SM)/ Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

Main Unit of Accommodation :(a) Major and above and equivalents (b) Lt / Captain and equivalents 60.4 (a) Staircase of 5.02 SM to be provided for double or multi-storey construction. (b) Sleeping out balcony of 8.00 SM area may be provided for all officers.

51.1

2.

Servant Quarters :(a) Major and above and equivalents 18.58 Staircase of 4.65 SM to be provided for double or multi-storey construction. To be provided at 75 percent for Major and above and equivalents. (b) Lt / Captain and equivalents To be provided at 50 percent for Lt/Captain and equivalents.

18.58

3.

Garages : (a) Major and above and equivalents 21 To be provided at 75 percent for Major and above and equivalents.

(b) Captain and equivalents

21

To be provided at 50 percent for Captain and equivalents.

(c) Lieutenant and equivalent.

6.0

Scooter sheds.

Note: (a) The scales of staircase given above are on the basis of one brick wall construction. If stone masonry construction is adopted 16 per cent additional plinth area will be allowed. For 1 brick wall construction the plinth area may be increased by 12.5 per cent. (b) Covered parking areas may provided in lieu of Scooter sheds, if required.

TABLE 5.II SCALES OF SINGLE ACCOMMODATION FOR OFFICER CADETS

S.N.

Description of Items

Floor Area (SM) / Scale Senior Offr Cadets Junior Offr Cadets 16.0 per cadet

Special Facilities

Planning Notes

1.

Living Rooms

16.0 per cadet

In built cup boards

Sitting out balconies of 3.5 SM be provided

2. 3.

Box Rooms Working Room for Orderlies

0.40 per cadet 0.65 per cadet

0.40 per cadet 0.65 per cadet

Shelving -

4.

Motivation Hallcum-Common Room

2 per cadets

1 per cadet

One hall per company or equivalent subject to maximum of 200 SM per company. a) For senior officer cadets one attached annexe to be provided to two adjoining rooms. b) Bath and WC to be provided separately with wash hand basin in common entrance lobby. No urinals to be provided. c) For junior officer cadets one annexe to be provided for 25 cadets.

5.

Sanitary Annexe

One No per 2 cadets

(a) Water Closet (WC) (b) Bath rooms (c) Wash hand besin (WHB) (d) Urinals (e) Island Wash

25 per cent

1 per 25 cadets

30 per cent 13 per cent 1 per 25 cadets 1 per 25 cadets

1 per 25 cadets -

TABLE 5.III SCALES OF SINGLE LIVING ACCOMMODATION FOR JCOs, NCOs OR AND THEIR EQUIVALENT IN OTHER SERVICES. S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

Single Living Accommodation per JCO 1. Living Accommodation 37.2 (plinth area) Internal finishes shall be as per para 2.4.2 of chapter 2 - one coat in every two years or two coats in every four years. Staircase of 5.02 SM to be provided for double or multistory construction.

2.

Scooter Shed

6.0 (plinth area)

Single Living Accommodation Havs / OR 3. Living Accommodation per Hav 11.0 a) Notice board in entrance hall or verandah. b) Full length mirror in verandah. c) Clothes lines for hanging clothes to be provided outside the barracks. d) A writing shelf with chair and in-built book shelf- one per 2 OR. e) Internal finishes shall be as per para 2.4.2 of chapter 2 - one coat in every two years or two coats in every four years. f) Lines for mosquito nets may be provided as required. 5. Common Room 0.50 per man Pelmet with curtain rods or curtain runners. Pelmet with curtain rods or curtain runners. To be provided at company or equivalent level. To be provided at company or equivalent level.

4.

Living Accommodation per OR

7.0

6.

Study Room

0.25 per man

7. 8.

Store Room Verandah

0.25 per man 2.4 M wide To be provided on one side. May be provided on both sides at stations where at certain times of the year it is preferable for troops to sleep outside. Min. 03 Nos

9.

Sanitary Block a) Baths

12.50 percent of authorised strength.

a) White glazed tileslining inside and outside of trough WHB upto a

b) WCs

20 percent of authorised strength. 20 percent of authorised strength. 5 percent of authorised strength.

c) Trough type WHB

d) Urinals

height of 6 ft. b) One mirror over each trough WHB subject to a maximum of three mirrors in each toilet. c) White glazed tiles in dado near trough WHB and urinal upto a height of 6 ft.

Min 04 Nos

Min 03 Nos

Min 02 Nos

Note: (a) The scales of staircase given above are on the basis of one brick wall construction. If stone masonry construction is adopted 16 per cent additional plinth area will be allowed. For 1 brick wall construction the plinth area may be increased by 12.5 per cent. (b) Covered parking areas may provided in lieu of Scooter sheds, if required.

CHAPTER 6 ACCOMMODATION FOR MESSES AND CLUBS 6.1 Messes for Service Officers and Nursing Officers. 6.1.1 Scales of accommodation for Officers and Nursing Officers Messes are contained in Table 6.I.

6.1.2 As a general principle, separate Officers messes should be provided on regimental basis. Combined messes may be constructed if so required to meet the specific requirement of the Services. In the case of small units, however, a separate mess will only be provided where other mess is not conveniently accessible at the station. 6.1.3 6.1.4 Mess should not be provided for less than 5 members. The following scale will be adopted for messes having strength beyond 40 officers : (a) officers (b) officers (c) beyond 41 to 50 Floor area admissible for 40 officers plus 7.5 SM per additional officer beyond 40. Floor area admissible for 50 officers plus 6.3SM per additional officer beyond 50. Floor area admissible for 100 officers plus 5.3 SM per additional officer beyond 100.

51 to 100

101 and

6.1.5 For messes of strength beyond 40 officers, servants quarters will be provided as for Messes of 29 to 40 officers plus one additional servant quarter for every 5 officers in excess of 40. 6.1.6 The car sheds and hard standings shall be increased at the rate of one for every 20 officers over and above the number authorised for 29-40 officers. The total authorisation thus worked out shall be provided as open sheds and hard standings in the ratio 2 : 1 respectively. While calculating this, fractions in excess of 0.5 shall be converted into whole numbers. 6.1.7 The verandah, porch, lobby, entrance hall and toilets would be provided and area found out of area additions.

6.1.8 Reception counter, letter racks and telephone booth may be provided as required. Pelmets and curtain rods or curtain runners should be provided in all main rooms (except stores) and in other rooms viz guest rooms, offices and cloak room. 6.1.9 The scales indicated against each item are intended to serve as a guideline and Service headquarters will be at liberty to place the accommodation for various purposes in any manner they choose, so long as the overall permissible floor area is not exceeded. 6.2 Messes for Officer Cadets. 6.2.1 Scales for Messes for Officer Cadets are contained in Table 6.II. 6.2.2 Verandah 2.5 metre wide should be provided on one side only. Accommodation for lavatories, store rooms, mess office etc may be provided out of area additions. The number of cook houses may be provided as per the administrative requirement. 6.3 Messes and Clubs for JCOs and Their Equivalents.

6.3.1 Scales for Messes and Clubs for JCOs and their equivalent ranks are contained in Table 6.III. Messes (clubs) are not authorised for less than 5 members in which case the JCOs or their equivalents in other Services should be attached to the nearest major unit. Messes (clubs) will normally be provided at unit level, however, combined messes may be provided for smaller units if conveniently accessible. 6.3.2
Scale for messes (clubs) having strength beyond 60 JCOs and equivalents will be adopted at floor area admissible for 60 JCOs plus 4 SM per additional JCO. Library and reading room may be provided from within the authorised floor area in messes (clubs) having strength 61 and above of JCOs or their equivalents in other Services. Pelmets with curtain rods or curtain runners will be provided in mess room, club room, recreation and TV room family room and card room.

6.3.3

6.3.4 A lavatory with WC, urinal, WHB and bath shall be provided for use by the staff and suitably located in case one is not available within reasonable distance of the mess (club). The verandah, lobby and cloak room for gents and ladies to be provided out of area addition.

6.4

Dining Halls and Cook houses for Havs, OR and their Equivalents.

6.4.1 Scales for dining halls and cook houses for Hav and OR and their equivalents are given in Table 6.1V. The number of cook houses and dining halls provided should be the minimum compatible with the organisation of the unit and should be constructed in as few blocks as practicable. In small cook houses it may be considered desirable to combine some accommodation to provide well proportioned room for working convenience. 6.4.2 Dining halls should be so designed as to provide accommodation for NCOs separate from that for the men. Suitable arrangements in the form of folding or sliding shutters may be provided where considered essential to close the gap over the serving counter when the same is not in use so as to isolate the cook house area from that of the dining hall. 6.4.3
Where adequate latrines, urinals and ablution facilities do not exist within easy reach of cook houses and dining halls these may be provided at a scale of 1 percent WC, 2 percent urinals and 2 percent trough type wash hand basins of dining strength in addition to those authorised in the unit lines.

6.4.4 Height of kitchen shall be 700 mm higher than the rest of accommodation to cater for adequate ventilation. Exhaust fans are to be provided in the cook houses as authorised.

TABLE 6.I SCALES OF MESSES FOR SERVICE OFFICERS AND NURSING OFFICERS S.N. Description of Items 5 to 10 1. Main Rooms Mess Room 32.00 40.00 58.00 70.00 The mess room should preferably be planned adjoining the ante room and separated by sliding or folding doors. Floor Area (SM)/Scale Strength of Officers 11 to 18 19 to 28 29 to 40 Special Facilities Planning Notes

2.

Ante Room

44.00 49.00 52.00 55.00

Display and other shelves.

Includes bar with counter for 5-10 officers. -

3.

Bar

14.00 16.00 18.00

Bar counter with lockable sliding shutter to be provided.

4.

Library

18.00 26.00 30.00

Cupboard and book racks. Cupboards. Cupboards.

5. 6. 7. 8.

TV Room Private Dining Card Room Billiards and Indoor Games Room Kitchen, Preparatory Pantry, Servery and Scullery

20.00 24.00 28.00 18.00 20.00 22.00 16.00 16.00 24.00 46.50 46.50 46.50

9.

35.00 45.00 56.00 66.00

a) Towel rails. b) Hot closet and serving counter. c) Sinks.

10.

Larder and Store Havildar and equivalent Room Cooks Room

10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00

Meat hooks and rail.

11.

10.20 10.20 10.20 10.20

12.

6.50 6.50

6.50

6.50

Other Rooms Secretarys Office

1.

11.00 11.00

2. 3. 4.

Mess Office Silver Room Cloak Room

9.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 8.00 8.00

a) Hat and coat pegs. b) WHB, WC, urinals, mirror and towel rails. c) Obscured or frosted glass to be used for window panes.

14.00 16.00 18.00 20.00

5.

Guest Room(s)

- 26.00 34.00

60.00

With attached toilets

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Wine Store Plate Room Fuel Store Bearer Room WC and Bath for Hav and equivalent WC for Mess Staff Urinal for Mess staff

9.00 9.00 9.00

9.00

9.00 11.00 15.00 18.00 4.00 5.50 6.00 6.00 6.50 7.50 7.50 8.50

1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. each each each each 1 No. 1 No 1 No 1 No 1 No. 2 Nos

11. 12.

Servants Quarters, Covered Facility and Paved Areas 1. 2. Servants Quarters Open Garages with Apron for Cars Hard standing for Cars 5 Nos. 9 Nos. 11 Nos. 14 Nos. 2 Nos. 4 Nos. 6 Nos. 8 Nos. -

3.

1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 3 Nos.

Each hard standing to be of 40 SM. Suitable area to be found for band stand without terrazo floor finish.

4.

Open Paved Area

50 Nos

a) Suitable lighting arrangement. b) Terrazo finish.

TABLE 6.II SCALES OF MESSES FOR OFFICER CADETS S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM)/Scale Strength of Officers 5 16 23 41 76 to to to to to 22 40 75 150 15 40.5 40.5 54.0 67.5 94.5 94.5 151 to 250 a) Sinks b) Hot closet and serving counter. c) Towel rail. Str 251 to 300 301 to 500 501 to 700 700 to 1000 1001 to 1500 1501 to 2000 S.No Description of Items 5 t o 1 5 1 6 to 2 2 Floor Area (SM)/Scale Strength of Officers 2 3 t o 4 0 41 to 60 6 1 to 8 5 86 to 12 0 12 1 to 16 0 16 1 to 20 0 201 to 250 Special Facilities Scale 121.2 SM 175.2 SM 229.1 SM 296.4 SM 406.0 SM 444.6 SM For messes having strength more than 250 and up to 2000, scales will be as under : Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

Cook House

Planning Notes

2.

Mess Room

27 40.5 54 67.5 94.5 121.5 148 175 202

Pelmet with curtain rods and rails.

For higher strength, the areas may be determined by grouping the sizes indicated for different blocks.

3.

Ante Room

27 40.5 54 67.5 94.5 121.5 148 175 202

a) Display shelving. b) Cupboards with book racks. c) Pelmet with curtain rods and rails.

TABLE 6.III SCALES OF MESSES (CLUBS) FOR JCOs AND THEIR EQUIVALENTS S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM)/ Scale Strength of JCOs and Equivalents Special Facilities Planning Notes

5-10 11-15 16-20 21-40 41-60 1. 2. Mess Room Club Room 20 20 25 25 30 37 44 40 60 50 Display or other shelving and racks. a) Club room should adjoin the mess room so that combined use of these rooms is available. b) Club room to include bar. 3. Kitchen 13 13 13 15.6 20 a) Cup boards. b) Serving platform. c) Towel rails. d) Glazed tiles dado upto lintel level. a) Cupboards b) Meat hooks on rail. 5. Servery and Pantry 9 9 11 a) Hot closet and serving counter. b) Towel rail. Suitable partition may be provided for storage of fuel. -

4.

Store

11

11

13

13

13

6.

Pan Wash

6.5

a) Sinks. b) Towel rail.

7.

Cooks Room

6.5

6.5

6.5

a) Cupboard. b) Pegs set.

8.

Recreation and TV Room Family Room

20

20

20

28

Cupboards.

9.

12

15

18

Cupboards.

10.

Card Room

12

12

15

Cupboards.

11.

Office

a) Curtain rods. b) Cupboards.

TABLE 6.IV SCALES OF DINING HALLS AND COOK HOUSES FOR HAVs/OR AND THEIR EQUIVALENTS S. N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Strength of Havs / OR and Equivalents upto 20 21-50 51-75 76-100 101-150 151-250 1. Dining Hall --- 0.83 SM per man --a) Curtain rods or rails to be provided. b) Notice and menu boards two per dining hall. c) Hat and coat pegs in verandah. d) One in built shelf per dining hall. e) One mirror over each trough WHB subjects to maximum of two per dining hall. f) Colour finish distemper upto lintel level one coat in every two years or two coats in every four years. g) White glazed tiles lining of trough WHB. h) White glazed tiles dado near trough WHB upto a height of 6 ft. j) Easy Chairs 10 per dining hall in a mess of at least 100 OR. Scale includes floor area for passage. Special Facilities Planning Notes

Cook Houses 2. Kitchen 18.50 18.50 30.50 39.00 39.00 55.00 a) Cooking range for soft coke and chullah. b) Trough type WHB. c) Tank for warming water by flue gases with requisite pipes and outlet connections. a) Glazed tiles dado upto window sill level. b) Where cooking is carried out exclusively by the use of cooking gas. c) Three power points for modern cooking equipment. (i) Area authorised

S. N.

Description of Items

Floor Area (SM) / Scale Strength of Havs / OR and Equivalents upto 20 21-50 51-75 76-100 101-150 151-250

Special Facilities

Planning Notes

against kitchen will be reduced by 20 percent for strength beyond 51. (ii) Suitable cooking platform to be provided. (iii) Suitable separate covered and secure enclosure for gas cylinders. Glazed tiles dado up to lintel level.

3.

Meat Preparation and Meat Store Dry Store

10

10

a) Trough type WHB. b) Meat hooks on rail. a) Shelving b) Cupboards

4.

10

12

5.

Fresh Store and Larder Fuel Store Pan Wash

14

14

14

10

12

Suitably partitioned for storage of fuel if required. -

6. 7.

10

10

10

7 10

10 10

12 12

a) Water tap b) Shelving c) Cupboards.

Glazed tiles dado up to lintel level.

8.

Servery

12

13

18

26

Combined hot closet and serving counter as required. -

9.

Cooks Room

10

12

Note :- Continued provision of common mess for MWOs/WOs, JWOs & Sgt at JCOs Scale for all categories at Air Force stations is in existence vide MoD No Air HQ/37511/165/ W(P&C)/AF/3435/D (Air II) dated 2/18 June 1986.

CHAPTER NO. 7. ADMINISTRATIVE AND WORKING ACCOMMODATION 7.1 Covered Accommodation for Vehicles and Ancillaries.

7.1.1 Scales of garages for A, B and C types of vehicles, including specialist vehicles, trailors and ancillaries are laid down in Table 7.I. Vehicle sheds are not authorised for AT carts. 7.1.2 Plan Area of a vehicle is the area equal to Length x width of the vehicle, taking the largest dimensions of the vehicle. The floor area as assessed based on the authorisation indicated in the Table gives the total entitlement of covered space. However, the actual sizes of individual garages may be decided to suit the various types of vehicles held in units and depots. 7.1.3 Shed type garages for vehicles should be built in compact group to suit the administrative convenience of the units and effective utilization of space. 7.1.4 Doors or shutters to garages may not be provided unless considered necessary for security, technical or other administrative reasons. Arrangement for hanging or roller doors shutter for each garage bays. Doors or shutters will, however, be provided to repair bays, specialist vehicles bays and garage shed in depots and also in the areas of extreme climate conditions. Maximum feasible height of doors should be planned with adequate width to facilitate entry of vehicles. 7.1.5 The floors will be designed to withstand the loads likely to be imposed in various bays, apron and assembly area and hard standings. 7.1.6 Technical office accommodation authorised hereunder will be in addition to administrative office accommodation scaled elsewhere. 7.1.7 Security fencing may be provided if considered necessary. Sentry boxes may be provided where special guard is detailed at garage site as considered necessary by the GOC Area or equivalent.
7.2 Guard House and Ancillaries.

7.2.1 Scales for Guard Houses for Army units are given in Table 7.II. The items of accommodation wherever the same are applicable to the Navy and Air Force will also be as per the scale given herein. Accommodation will be provided as per the authorised strength of units and establishments. 7.2.2
Guard houses should generally be located at main road entrance or approach or vantage point in the unit area so as to give a clear view of the entrance to the unit.

7.2.3 Guard houses are normally planned in conjunction with armourers shop and small arms & ammunition stores due to inter-related function of each to the other. The guard room may be suitably sub-divided as per the requirements, viz ; office, rest and dining space for guards. No guard room should be provided unless actually required. If omitted, the remaining guard house accommodation may form a part of another building. 7.2.4 Whenever possible night picket should be accommodated in the guard room. When this is not possible, accommodation may be constructed for the picket, excluding those actually posted as sentries, as per scale authorised for single accommodation. 7.2.5 All windows and ventilators should be barred. Suitable security fencing and perimeter lights should be provided all around the guard houses. One sentry box per guard house may also be provided.
7.3 Medical Inspection Rooms. 7.3.1 Scales for MI rooms are given in Table 7.III for different blocks of dependent strength. While assessing the dependent strength, the number of living in families shall be taken into account. 7.3.2 A separate MI room should not normally be provided for units which can conveniently use an existing MI room or hospital. Provision of a common MI room between neighbouring units wherever feasible as also in the case of integrated brigade complexes should be considered. 7.4 Office and Administrative Accommodation.

7.4.1 The scales for Office accommodation are contained in Table 7.IV. These also cover the specialized administrative accommodation requirements of headquarters, stations and units. These scales will also be applicable to civilian officials of equivalent rank. Office accommodation for the technical personal who are required to work in the specialized accommodation may be constructed within the technical buildings as authorised wherever applicable.

7.4.2 While planning administrative blocks for formations and station headquarters, a provision of suitable entrance hall should normally be made. Rooms for duty officer and duty clerk should be planned close to the entrance to enable locking up of the main administrative block separately during off duty hours. 7.4.3 The doors to all offices will be provided with secure locking arrangement. Guard bars or grills for windows and ventilators and security fencing is to be provided as required. 7.4.4
Pelmet boxes with curtain rods for officers offices and curtain rods for others shall be provided.

7.4.5 Provision of air conditioning is authorised in the offices of the General Officers and equivalent ranks in Navy and Air Force at authorised stations. Desert coolers shall be provided at authorised stations in offices wherever applicable. Electrical circuits for call bells, engagement lights and conduits for laying of telephone wire as necessary should be laid. 7.4.6
Where noise level is high, suitable noise reduction measures may be provided on merits as special.

TABLE 7.I SCALES OF COVERED ACCOMMODATION FOR VEHICLES AND ANCILLARIES

S.N.

Description of Items

Floor Area (SM) / SCALE

Special Facilities

Planning Notes

A. 1.

Unit Lines B Vehicles and Specialist Trailors a) Plan area up to 7.5 SM 3.00 times the plan area. Shelving Garage will be built to following heights :-

b) Plan area more than 7.5 SM up to 11 SM c) Plan area more than 11 SM up to 15 SM d) Plan area more than 15 SM up to 30 SM e) Plan area more than 30 SM f) Motor Cycles

2.75 times the plan area. 2.50 times the plan area 2.25 times the plan area 2 times the plan area 22.57 per 5 motor cycles or part thereof but no garages would be provided for less than 5 motor cycles.

(i) 3.20 M for 1 ton GS & below including motor cycles. (ii) 3.80 M for 1 ton specialist vehicle, 3 ton & above with height up to 3.05 M. -

(iii) For vehicles height above 3.05 M height of garage to be determined by adding 0.75 M to the highest part of the vehicle rounded off to the next higher 0.50 M fraction (The height of specialist trailor to be assessed either alongwith equipment if same is permanently mounted or of the towing vehicle, whichever is higher). Garage will be built with the height of 3.2 M.

2.

Trailors GS

2.25 times the plan area

3.

A Vehicles a) Plan area up to 20 SM 2.75 times the plan area Shelving a) Garage will be built with heights of 5 M. b) For vehicles of height more than 3.50 M garage will be built with height having a clearance of 1.50 M from the top of the vehicle rounded off to the next higher 0.50 M fraction if not already 0.50 M fraction.

b) Plan area more than 20 SM up to 30 SM. c) Plan area more than 30 SM

2.50 times the plan area

2.25 times the plan area

4.

C Vehicles a) Plan area up to 15 SM 3.00 times the plan area Shelving Garage will be built to the following heights : (i) 3.80 M for vehicles height

b) Plan area more than 15 SM up to 20 SM

2.75 times the plan area

up to 3.30 M. (ii) For vehicles height above 3.30 M, height of garage to be determined by adding 0.50 M to the height of the vehicle rounded off to the next higher 0.50 M fraction, if not already 0.50 M fraction.

c) Plan area more than 20 SM up to 30 SM d) Plan area more than 30 SM

2.50 times the plan area

2.25 times the plan area

B 5.

Depot a) B Vehicles and Specialist Trailors Same as unit line scale at serial 1 Shed type multiple parking garage will be built with the following heights : a) 3.7M for 1 ton and below including motor cycle and trailors. b) Motor Cycles 36.6 per 10 motor cycles and part thereof Same as unit line scale at serial 2. b) 4.3 M for 3 ton to 5 ton and 1 ton specialist vehicles. c) 4.6 M for above 5 ton.

c) Trailors GS

6.

A Vehicles and C Vehicles

Same as unit line scale at serial 3 and 4 respectively.

a) Shed type multiple parking garage will be built with a height of 5 M. b) For A & C vehicles of heights above 3.50 M and 4.25 M respectively, the height of shed to be determined as per planning notes against serials 3 or 4 as applicable.

C. 7.

Ancillaries Aprons and Assembly Area An area not greater than the close area of the garage may be metalled and surfaced according to the local practice. The shape of this area will be designed to allow the vehicles to assemble in parade formations (width of apron should be equal to the depth of the garages). 10 M deep apron on the entrance and exit sides of the garage in vehicle depots to be provided.

8.

Hard Standings

a) Same scale as shown in serial A for both fit and unfit vehicles. b) An additional area of 10 percent shall be provided as circulation area.

a) To be allowed only if covered accommodation along with apron is not provided. b) Hard standing to be provided in the receipt and issue area of vehicle depot for the assessed number of vehicles.

9.

Repair Bays a) Wheeled Vehicles One bay for every 10 garage bays of vehicles. a) One built in cupboard per 10 B vehicles or part thereof. b) One built in cupboard per 5 A & C vehicles or part thereof. c) 1 x 1 ton hand operated gantry crane shall be provided to units having tracked or semi - tracked vehicles. a) Each repair bay shall be a closed bay individually.

b) Tracked vehicles

One bay for every 5 garage bays of vehicles.

b) Size of repair bays including height to suit the largest vehicle having same depth as for garage bay with 1.50M clearance on the either sides. Minimum height of 5.0M and 4.6 M for tracked & wheeled vehicle respectively

10.

Inspection Pits

One per 50 wheeled vehicles or part thereof (other than motor cycles).

a) Covering facility. b) Two built in shelves (size 0.45 x 0.3 x 0.3 M) c) A floor sump.

To be provided in repair bays.

11.

Ramps

One per every 25 vehicles or part thereof maximum 2 Nos. per unit.

12.

Washing Platform

One platform for every 10 vehicles excluding motor cycles (size of washing platform equal to garage bay for the largest vehicle)

a) Separate overhead water tank for 30 vehicles or more. b) One washing plant comprising of pump and water jet of suitable delivery pressure for each large unit having tracked and towed vehicles. c) Stand pipe with hose connections. d) Separation wall 2.4 M high between

platform.

13.

Servicing and Lubricating Bay

Out of entitlement of repair bays.

Additional space for servicing trailer, compressors and greasing pump, etc to be provided adjoining the bay wherever such equipment is authorised. Exhaust fans to be provided. Additional space for compressor to be provided adjoining to the bay.

14.

Painting Bay

Out of entitlement of repair bays.

15.

Storage a) Lubricating Oil and grease store

9.3 SM per 25 vehicles (excluding motor cycles). Minimum of 9.3 SM

a) Platform to keep 200 ltrs barrels in horizontal position to be provided for ease of decanting. b) Racking and shelving. c) Issue counter.

With verandah on both sides.

b) MT Store (i) Unit with 15 or more vehicles (ii) Unit less than 15 vehicles 15 SM per 15 vehicles As required subject to maximum of 15 SM. a) Racking and shelving. b) Issue counter. a) With verandah on both sides. b) Also to be provided in vehicle depot for assessed number of stocked vehicles at the following scales : (i) 1 SM per vehicle for B and C vehicles. (ii) 5 SM per vehicle for A vehicles. a) Kerb side pump for units / station where average monthly issues of either 70 MT gas or DHPP are more than 10 KL may be installed with prior approval of Service headquarters.

c) Petrol Store

Either One or more tanks and kerb side pumps according to monthly consumption of units concerned. Or Store room at 0.2 SM per 5 vehicles up to 100 vehicles, 1 SM per 5 vehicles above 100 vehicles and 1 SM per 5 motor cycles subject to a minimum size of 9.3 SM.

a) Platform to keep 200 ltrs barrels in horizontal position to be provided for ease of decanting (size as on required basis). b) Flame proof lighting. c) Issue counter.

b) Units with a small establishment of motor vehicles where possible, should be grouped together for purpose of petrol storage accommodation. c) Also to be provided for vehicle depots.

16.

Technical Office

9.3 or a convenient size to suit MT accommodation for units holding more than 35 vehicles. a) Up to 10 drives and operators 12 SM. b) More than 10 upto 25 drivers and operators, 26 SM & 4 SM for every 25 additional drivers and operators or part thereof. Electrified and fitted with fans as per scale authorised in OR dining halls. Fitted with closets for clothes. Attached ablution taps, wash basins trough type at 10 percent & WCs at 5 percent. a) To be sited with the garage accommodation and adjacent to technical office. b) This facility only to be provided to the units having civilians drivers and operators.

17.

Civilian Drivers and Operators Change cum Amenity Room

18.

MT Drivers Standby and Change Room.

10

Lockers as required basis.

a) To be sited with the garage accommodation and adjacent to technical office. b) Authorised for combatant drivers only.

19.

Sanitary Annexe

WC or Latrine 2 percent Wash hand basin 2 percent Urinals 5 percent

Note:1. sides. In depot, covered accommodation for unfit (class IV and V) vehicles will be of single parking having doors on either

2. Armoury for secondary weapons of AFVs will be provided in vehicle depots as per scale of armoury as laid down under General Authorisation.

TABLE 7. II SCALES OF GUARD HOUSE AND ANCILLARIES S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / SCALE Special Facilities Planning Notes

Establishment of units in rank and file Under 100 100350 351600 Over 600

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

1.

Guard Room

27

54

81

121

a) Built in duplicate key board. b) Full size mirror. c) Glazed show case for trophies. d) Display and notice board. e) Safe in-built (Regimental Treasury Chest).

Verandah 2.10 M will be provided for full length of block containing guard rooms.

2.

Guard Detention Rooms Single Detention Rooms (9 SM each).

10

13

20

27

Attached urinal 1 No. -

Not to be provided if establishment of unit is less than 50. a) One additional single detention room may be provided for every 300 men over 600. b) Window sills to be provided atleast 2.1 M above floor level for security reasons.

3.

1 No.

2 Nos

2 Nos

2 Nos

4.

Toilets

2 Nos

2 Nos

2 Nos

2 Nos

One toilet with bath within the enclosure of single detention rooms. Numbers may be reduced as per site requirement.

5.

Alarm Posts

4 Nos

4 Nos

4 Nos

4 Nos

Either dug out and lined trenches or 0.9 M high and 1.8 M long walls.

6.

PCC Hard standing

30

30

40

40

Flag staff with base.

TABLE 7. III SCALES OF MI ROOMS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / SCALE Dependent Strength Upto 1000 (1) 1. (2) Reception and Documentation (3) 9 1001 to 2500 (4) 9 2501 to 5000 (5) 11 5001 to 10000 (6) 11 Special Facilities Planning Notes

(7) a) Built in reception counter. b) Built in Almirah large

(8) May be planned as part of entrance hall.

2.

Waiting Room Officers and Families.

12

15

18

21

3.

Waiting Room JCOs, OR and Families. MOs Examination Room (17 SM)

18

22

24

27

May be suitably divided if required. One dressing cubicle 3 SM to be provided out of MOs room area.

4.

One per MO

One per MO

One per MO

One Per MO

a) Built in cupboard of medium size. b) WHB with peg set and towel rail. c) Dado 2M high.

5.

Treatment Room

15

18.5

23

28

a) Two built-in cupboards large. b) One built in cupboard medium. c) Dado 2M high.

6.

Dispensary

7.5

9.5

11

13

a) One built in cupboard of large size for strength upto 1000 and two numbers beyond 1000. b) Built in shelving wooden panelled with lockers. c) Laboratory benching. d) Sink with swan neck fitting and shelving. e) WHB with peg set and towel rail. f) Dado 2 M high.

7.

Heat Stroke and Single Bedded Detention Room

14

14

14

14

a) Built in cupboard, top half hanging, bottom half shelved with shoe rack and mirror inside. b) WHB with peg set and towel rail. c) Dado 2 M high.

a) One attached toilet from the overall authorisation. b) Air-conditioner to be provided where recommended by medical authorities in station for heat stroke cases.

8.

Clinical Test Room

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

a) Built in laboratory bench fittings. b) Sink with swan neck tap. c) Glazed wall cupboard. a) Storage under laboratory counter. b) Dado 2 M high.

To be provided where clinical testing facility is authorised.

9.

Room for Nursing Assistant, Regimental Orderlies and Ambulance drivers.

7.5

7.5

10.

Store

11

13

15

a) Two built in cupboards large. b) Shelving and racking.

11.

Toilets

4 Nos.

4 Nos.

4 Nos.

4 Nos.

One toilet with bath. One toilet without urinal. To be planned with toilets.

12.

Janitors Closet

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

Built in cupboard for mop, brooms and other material.

13.

Garage for Ambulance

As per scale

As per scale

As per scale

As per scale

14.

Cycle cum Scooter Stand Minor Surgery

As req. 22.5

As req.

As req.

As req.

15.

22.5

22.5

22.5

As per hospital scales for the same.

To be provided only at Air fields if station sick quarters are not provided.

16.

Recovery Room

13

13

13

13

- Do -

- Do -

TABLE 7. IV SCALES OF OFFICE AND ADMINISTRATIVE ACCOMMODATION S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / SCALE 33 Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

General Officers and Equivalent.

a) Air conditioning b) Venetian blinds

a) Ser 1 & 2 not applicable to officers of Armed Force HQ at Delhi/New Delhi. b) Attached toilet

2.

Brig / Cdre / Air Cdre

30

Venetian blinds.

3.

Col/Lt Col, Capt / Cdr, Gp Capt / Wg Cdr Second in Command of Rank of Major and Equivalent. Maj / Lt Cdr / Sqn Ldr Adjutant / QM / ADC / SO to Flag Officers and Equivalent Appointments Other Officers Office cum Rest Room for a) Duty Officer b) Duty Clerk

22

Venetian blinds.

4.

20

5.

14.5

Authorised also to Officer Commanding of an independent small unit of the rank of major. -

6.

14.5

7. 8.

11

18 11

a) Shall be provided for formation and station HQ and establishments required to maintain duty officers and clerks outside office hours. b) Attached toilet.

9.

Technical Personnel a) Draftsman and Surveyor b) Technical Staff

7 each

Minimum size of office shall be 9.3 SM.

5.5 each

10.

General duty Appointments a) Sub Major and equivalent b) Other JCOs and equivalent 10 -

11.

Ministerial Staff a) JCO clerks and SPAs b) Other ministerial staff and store man. 5.5 each 3.5 each b) An additional area @ 10 per cent be provided for current records. c) Office accommodation for store man shall be in addition to scale provided for stores. d) Office accommodation for senior NCOs on specific administrative appointments viz Hav Maj, QMH or equivalent in units or sub units and PAs shall be provided as per scale of 3.5 SM each. e) In case of a single office minimum size of 9.3 SM shall be provided. a) Separate room for Head Clerk may be provided if required.

12.

Stationery Room a) Large unit b) Independent small unit 11 9 Built in shelves Additional area as required for formation headquarters.

13.

Duplicator Room

a) These shall be provided for formation headquarters, large units, MES establishments, naval shore establishments, self accounting units of Air Force. b) If more than one machine is held necessary increment at the scale of 4.5 SM per additional machine.

14.

Planning-cumBriefing Room Visitors Room

32

Authorised for large units only. To be provided for all formation headquarters of bde, division, area and sub area, Naval shore establishments, Air Force stations, MES units and depots. Authorised for large units and formation headquarters where separate cafeteria is not authorised.

15.

20

16.

Kitchenette

7.5

a) Cooking platform. b) Sink. c) Power point. d) Cupboard small.

17.

Parking Space a) Cars b) Cycle-cumScooters As required Open sheds shall be provided.

18.

Sanitary Annexe (WCs, WHB and Urinals) Old Records a) Large Units

5 percent each

2 percent additional WCs for female staff for offices with establishment below 50.

19.

15

Built in wooden racks. -do-

b) Formation Headquarters and other units. 20. Special Requirements on Merits a) Conference Room b) Telephone Exchange c) Canteen and Tiffin Room d) Library

1 for 220 recorded files

As required

Subject to a minimum of 22 SM and maximum of 44 SM.

As required

The scale is inclusive of kitchen and dining hall.

0.09 / person

1 SF for 25 books or 1 SM for 275 books e) Class Room f) Reception and Security Staff As required

11 -

Subject to maximum of 44 SM.

Note: 1. Incinerators be provided as required.

2. Following ad-hoc percentage cut shall be imposed on accommodation only for large offices such as record offices and ordnance depots : a) b) Upto 2700 SM More than 2700 SM 10 percent. 15 percent.

CHAPTER NO. 8 TRAINING AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES 8.1 Auditorium-cum-Cinema Hall. 8.1.1 Auditoriums-cum-Cinema Halls will be provided on station basis. Sizes of halls to cater for the strengths indicated below shall be provided : -

a) b) c) d)

One hall of 400 seats One hall of 600 seats One hall of 900 seats One hall of 1200 seats

troops strength 3000 to 5000. troops strength 5001 to 7500. troops strength 7501 to 10,000. troops strength 10,001 to 15,000.

8.1.2 The stations with strength of troops above 1000 but less than 3000, the requirement of 300 seater hall will be determined on merit by the respective Service Chiefs.

8.1.3
basis.

In stations with strength above 15,000, additional halls may be provided for excess personnel on the above

8.1.4 The design should combine facilities for its use as theatre, measures are to be provided.

and Lecture hall as well. Suitable acoustic

8.1.5 These halls may be suitably air-conditioned / air cooled if climatic conditions so warrant with the prior approval of Service Chiefs. 8.1.6 The scales laid down in table 8.I are in addition to the various educational and instructional buildings authorised elsewhere in the scales. 8.1.7 While according sanction, priorities will be determined on the basis of existing local amenities, if any, besides those provided by services. Sanction of auditorium shall not be accorded below the level of GOC-in-C, Command or equivalent. 8.1.8 The scales indicated against each item are intended to serve as a guide line. Service headquarters may, however, where necessary vary actual utilization of authorised floor area to evolve functionally efficient and aesthetic architectural designs for this building provided neither the authorised floor areas nor the overall permissible plinth areas are exceeded. 8.1.9
8.2 Adequate fire fighting arrangement shall be provided as per the existing orders.

Education Buildings. 8.2.1 Accommodation for Education Buildings in the units, formation schools and training establishments will be provided as per scales given in Table 8.II. The total floor area authorised for class rooms may be suitably divided into rooms of appropriate size as per seating capacity required.

8.2.2 8.2.3
8.3

Verandahs shall be provided in education buildings. Offices for education officers, wherever authorised, shall be provided as per scale.

Gymnasium.

8.3.1 8.3.2

Scales of Gymnasia are given in Table 8.III. Gymnasia should be provided on station basis according to the strength of troops as below : 1000 2500 2501 5000 Class II Class I

For numbers over 5000 one or more additional gymnasia may be provided according to strength of the station.

8.3.3

All training centres will be provided with a Class I gymnasium. In stations where training centres are located no separate gymnasia shall however be provided for other troops in the station up to total strength of 5000 for each gymnasium and the same facility shall be utilized as station facility by other station personnel also. Gymnastic apparatus are classified as furniture.

8.3.4

8.4

Institutes. 8.4.1 This covers the provision of Institutes for the defence service personnel. The scales of the officers and OR institutes are given in Table 8.IV. The officers institute is to be provided on station basis. No institute shall, however, 8.4.2 Officers Institute. be provided at station where the strength of officers is less than 100. 8.4.3 OR Institute.

8.4.3.1 Separate OR institutes are authorised for headquarters, regiments, battalions and other units. No institute shall, however, be provided if the strength of a unit is less than 40 men. A combined institute may be provided for two or more units or detachments if administratively convenient and to meet the specific service requirements. 8.4.3.2 The OR institute is to cater for the requirement of all other ranks and should normally provide for a recreation room, information room, games room, canteen and cafeteria. 8.4.3.3 Area may be allotted in the institute for unit run canteen and to other private parties for running of cafeteria. License fee and allied charges, as applicable shall be recovered as per rules.

8.5

Parade Grounds. 8.5.1 Parade grounds shall be provided for all units. The scale for units, schools and training establishments are given in Table 8.V. For other static units parade grounds of appropriate size, based on the strength of combatant personnel, may be provided. In respect of Navy, strength of afloat personnel should be also taken into account while assessing the strength. Parade ground for small units may be provided when located independently. 8.5.2 The parade grounds for schools of instructions and training establishments to be black topped. For other units, these may be levelled but not metalled or gravelled or dust proofed except in coastal areas, areas of heavy rainfall, deserts and to meet the specific requirements of the units subject to the prior approval of GOC-in-C or equivalent authority. 8.5.3 A station parade ground including that for mechanized troops may be provided as required at stations where ceremonial parades are to be held. 8.5.4 Parade grounds in respect of Air Force shall be similar to those for the Army units or establishments as applicable. A quarter deck 81 SM in size consisting of a stepped and rigged mast with yard and gaff erected on an enclosed raised plinth will be provided on the side of the parade grounds for Navy.

8.6

Ranges. 8.6.1 Scales of Ranges for all arms and services are given in Table 8.VI. The standard design of the ranges shall be in accordance with training instructions issued by Army Headquarters. 8.6.2 Ranges are to be provided on station basis for the specified strength of personnel as indicated in the table. 27 M ranges provided to large unit should also be utilized to cater for the requirements of other units and in which range shooting carried out is small, if capacity permits. 8.6.3 Works in connection with artillery ranges, field firing or battle practice ranges and tank classification ranges will be provided as required.

8.7

Recreation Grounds and Courts. 8.7.1 The scale of Recreation Grounds and Courts covered in Table 8.VII are to meet the normal requirements of military stations and units, shore establishments including afloat personnel of the Navy and Air Force stations. Requirement of minor units of strength upto 100 should be grouped to provide a shared facility wherever possible. 8.7.2 For afloat personnel a strength of 50 percent will be considered for assessing the requirement of play grounds and courts and provided at a scale of large unit for every 1000 personnel.

8.7.3 Sports grounds are to be normally of the size stipulated by National Sports Association. The sports grounds shall be levelled. Where soil conditions are not suitable, necessary improvement be carried out to provide adequate playing surface.

8.7.4 Regular watering, rolling, maintenance of grass surface and marking of the courts and grounds are excluded from the responsibilities of MES. However, water points for watering of grounds and courts should be provided. Screens, nets, seats, etc will be provided by the user units. 8.7.5 Wherever possible, sports grounds should be sited adjacent to swimming pools, gymnasiums stadia, etc. so that the changing and toilet facilities provided can be fully utilized. 8.7.6 Provision of football and hockey grounds, basket ball and volley ball courts be also provided for each training battalion or regiments or equivalent sub units of the training centres as per scale as for a large unit. 8.7.7 Combined strength of officers in a station shall be considered for assessing authorisation of scale for squash, tennis and badminton courts. Fans may be provided in the squash court where climatic conditions so warrant. Squash and tennis courts shall be provided with prior concurrence of Service Chiefs. One covered badminton court to be provided for each command for all the three services. Provision of indoor badminton courts at other places will be treated as special. 8.8 Swimming Pools. 8.8.1 The scales for the provision of Swimming Pools for stations upto strength of 8000 personnel are given in Table 8.VIII. For stations where the strength of all ranks exceeds 8000, two pools of sizes as indicated be provided. For stations with strength above 20,000, swimming pools of large size may be provided in lieu of small size pools. The total number of people to be provided in a station will however not exceed three in number. 8.8.2 A separate diving pool of size 16 M x 16 M may be provided with swimming pool of large size subject to a maximum of one in a station or camp for purpose of diving training. 8.8.3 In case there are any existing swimming pools in stations or camps smaller than 840 SM these will be adjusted against pool size 25 M x 13.5 M. Additional ancillary facilities as authorised herein may be provided. 8.8.4 Filtration and chlorination plant shall be provided in all swimming pools.

8.8.5 Spectator gallery with sanitary annexe as required may be provided at selected swimming pools with the prior approval of GOC-in-C or equivalent in other Services. 8.8.6 Perimeter wall and lighting may be provided as required. Facilities for night swimming training such as under water lights may be provided if required with the approval of the respective Service Chiefs.

TABLE 8.I SCALES OF AUDITORIUMS CUM CINEMA HALL

S.N.

Description of Items 300 seats

Floor Area(SM) / Scale 400 seats (4) 294 600 seats (5) 441 900 seats (6) 661 1200 seats (7) 882

Special Facilities

Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Auditorium

(3) 220

(8) Emergency lights.

(9) Balcony may be provided in auditorium of size 900 and 1200 seats. Area to be provided out of the area additions.

2.

Foyer Including Snack Bar, Ticket Booth

132

198

265

3.

Stage

90

100

110

125

135

a) Appropriate flooring for stage. b) Supplementary stage lighting. c) Curtain fixing and lifting arrangement.

4.

Dressing Room (Gents)

15

15

20

20

20

a) Two built-in cup-boards. b) Two dressing mirrors. c) Coat pegs as required.

5.

Dressing Room (Ladies)

12

12

12

15

20

a) Two built in cupboards b) Two dressing mirrors. c) Coat pegs as required.

6.

Stage Toilet (Ladies)

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

Without urinal.

7.

Stage Toilet (Gents) Property Room

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

8.

18

20

30

45

45

9.

Managers Room Stage Managers Room Projection Room Rewinding Room

11

11

11

14

18.50

10.

10

11.

16.80

16.80

16.80

16.80

16.80

12.

13.

General Toilet :a) Ladies WC-2 WHB-1 WC-2 WHB-1 WC-4 WHB-1 WC-5 WHB-2 WC-7 WHB-3 Mirror to be provided over each WHB. Mirror to be provided over each WHB. -

b) Gents

WC-2 Urinal 8 WHB-1

WC-3 Urinal 10 WHB-1

WC-5 Urinal 15 WHB-2

WC-6 Urinal 20 WHB-3

WC-7 Urinal 25 WHB-3

14.

Passage Behind Stage

1.5 M wide

1.5 M wide

1.5 M wide

1.5 M wide

1.5 M wide

15.

Verandah

2.5 M wide on either side

2.5 M wide on either side

2.5 M wide on either side

TABLE 8.II SCALES OF EDUCATION BUILDINGS S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Formation Schools Units Corps HQ Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Class Room

(3) 2 SM per man for 10 percent of OR on authorised establishme nt, subject to minimum of 40 SM.

Div/Bde/ Area/Sub Area HQ

(4) Div HQ 200 Others 160

(5) 400

Training Establishments (6) 2 SM per man for 20 percent of OR, Recruits and Trainees on authorised establish-ment

(7) a) Raised platform. b) Glass black board.

(8) a) Floor areas authorised for formation schools include the requirements of Head-quarters personnel also. b) For determining floor area for training establishment, additional 20 percent recruits and 10 percent reinforce-ments where applicable, should also be taken into account. a) Area to be assessed only for education JCOs / NCOs authorised on the establishment b) Minimum size 9 SM.

2.

Staff Room

-------As per scale for offices---------

3.

Training Aids Store Room

11

15

30

20 per training regiment or battalion.

Racking and shelving.

9 SM for small units.

4.

Book Store

25

35

50

35 per training regiment or battalion subject to a minimum of 60 SM per training establishment.

Shelving with glazed shutters.

Not authorised for small units.

5.

Assembly cum Exami nation Hall

120

200

200

a) Raised platform. b) Glass black boards.

6.

Science Laboratory

80

68 SM each 2 Nos.

80

Sink with water taps as required.

a) Includes space for laboratory stores. b) To be provided as laboratory cum demonstration room in Div / Bde / Area / Sub Area HQ schools and training establishments.

7.

Sanitary Annexe a) WCs b) Urinals c) WHBs 1 No. per two class rooms or part . 1 No. per class room or part . 1 No. per two class rooms or part . To be provided only where toilet facilities are not available nearby.

TABLE 8.III SCALES OF GYMNASIUM S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Class I (1) 1. Hall (2) (3) 704 (32M x 22M) Class II (4) 416 (26M x 16M) (5) a) Wooden flooring b) Beams fixed on side walls with stay, pulleys, runners for rope climbing. c) Wall bars fixed on the walls. d) Hooks & fixtures on floor and wall for gymnastic apparatus. 2. Gallery 180 75 Fixed tiered seating To be provided on sides over entrance lobby and other ancillary rooms. (6) The hall to be provided with a clear height of 7 M. Special Facilities Planning Notes

3.

Instructors Room

20

20

Cupboards and shelving Fixed seats

4.

Officers Dressing Room

20

18

Sanitary annexe consisting of following facilities will be attached :Class I Class II WC 1 1 1

Urinals 2

5.

Dressing Room (General)

40

25

Fixed Seats

WHB 2 1 Sanitary annexe consisting of following facilities will be attached :Class I Class II WC Urinals WHB 2 3 3 1 2 2

6.

Store

25

18

Cupboard and shelving -

7.

Entrance lobby, Staircases and Lobby to Hall

Out of area addition

TABLE 8. IV SCALES OF INSTITUTE S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

Officers Institute a) 100 to 200 Officers b) 201 to 1000 officers

232

a) Open paved area with a suitable lighting arrangement and terrazo finish. b) Pelmet and curtain rods. c) Bar counter with lockable sliding shutter and cupboards. d) Telephone booth.

232 plus 1 SM per officer above 200 subject to maximum of 700 SM.

For strength above 1000 officers additional institute may be provided.

2.

OR Institute a) Upto 500 men b) 501 to 750 men 180 c) 751 to 1000 men 240 d) Above 1000 men 240 plus 3.5 SM per 25 men over 1000. c) A raised open air platform of 30 SM with curtain frame for out door activities. b) Cupboards b) For strength upto 250 men area may be enhanced by 50 percent at the discretion GOCin-C Command or equivalent. 7 per 25 men a) Curtain rods a) Subject to a minimum 45 SM.

TABLE 8. V SCALES OF PARADE GROUNDS S.N. Description of Items Parade Grounds Units and Stations a) Small Unit 5350 (73 M x 73 M) approx b) Large Unit 12500 (137 x 91 M) approx Saluting base with flag mast. To be provided for Company Battery and equivalent. To be provided for Battalions or Regiments, Naval base stations or garrison, Air stations and equivalents. Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

2.

Parade GroundsSchools and Training Establishments (less Category A Establishments) a) 300 Trainees 6700 (82 M x 82 M) approx b) Up to 1000 Trainees 12500 (137 x 91 M) approx a) Saluting base with flag mast. b) Quarter deck 81 SM for Naval parade grounds. c) Black topping 16700 (184 x 91 M) approx 19110 (210 x 91 M) approx Separate parade grounds may be provided for the training regiments, battalions as authorised when located at stations different from that of the parent training centre. Black topping of parade grounds for such training regiments or battalions should be restricted within the overall area authorised for the training centres.

c) Up to 3000 Trainees d) Above 3000 Trainees

TABLE 8. VI SCALES OF RANGES S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

Min Ni for which one range may be built 500

No of Targets

1.

27 M Range

4-6

Capacity of Range 2000 a) Channel with winches and pulley for moving targets. b) Covered shed 55 SM

2.

Classificat-ion Range

5-10

900

2000

a) Electric target range with control room. b) Covered markers gallery and target frames. c) Covered shed of minimum size 70 SM with power plug.

Shed to be located outside the danger areas.

3.

Close Quarter Battle Range Grenade Range Artillery Miniature Range Field Miniature Range (27/50)

1 Range 2 Bays

900

2000

4. 5.

900

3000

Stepped up platform for seating.

Also authorised for artillery regimental training centres. a) Type of range 27 / 50 M to be provided as per technical requirements of AFVs.

One closed shed 120 SM for Artillery Units only wherever authorised. One range per Armoured Corps and Mechanised units only wherever authorised.

6.

a) Open shed for size 180 SM with stone paved standing. b) Channel with winches and pulleys for moving targets.

c) Suitable power supply for firing system of AFVs/ICVs.

b) Also authorised for armoured and mechanized units regimental training centres. Size of range and shed for firing to be provided as required. To be provided only to artillery regimental training centres.

7.

Anti Tank Range

One range

8.

Counter Insurgency Range

One range

To be provided to infantry regimental training centres only.

9.

Electric Beam firing Military Training Range

165 SM

a) Pulley moving pop-up targets.

a) Closed covered accommodation with facility for darkening. b) To be provided only for regimental training centres.

b) Firing trenches with covering facility.

c) Power plugs.

TABLE 8. VII SCALES OF RECREATION GROUNDS AND COURTS S.N. Description of Items Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

Foot Ball and Hockey Grounds a) Small unit 1 No. 2 Nos. Goal Posts - Do Foot ball or hockey. For large units, the provision of two grounds be for foot ball or hockey or one each.

b) Large unit

2.

Basket Ball Courts a) Small unit 1 No. b) Large unit 2 Nos. b) Bracket structure and board. a) Concreated playing surface.

3.

Volley Ball Courts a) Small unit 1 No. b) Large unit 2 Nos. Posts for net. -

4.

Squash Courts a) 50 Officers or 1000 troops b) 100 Officers or 2500 troops or more 1 No. a) Balcony One additional court for 100 officers, or 1500 troops 1 No. Squash Courts subject to maximum of 04 Squash court in a station.

2 Nos.

b) Clothes hook. c) Wooden flooring. d) Painted walls. e) Bird proofing

5.

Tennis Courts a) 30 Officers 1 No. a) Construction of one practice wall. b) Surfacing with bajri, grass, cement, etc. c) Posts and wire netting for enclosing the court and fixed posts for net. d) Fixtures and appurtenances for hanging screens. One additional court for every 50 officers over 100 subject to maximum of 4 courts.

b) 31 to 100 Officers

2 Nos.

6.

Badminton Courts a) upto 50 Officers 1 No. b) 51 - 100 Officers 2 Nos. (c) 101 - 500 (d) 501-1000 3 Nos 4 Nos 1 No. b) Surfacing with cement if required. a) Suitable lighting arrangement

7.

Sports stadium (3000 or more troops)

a) Athletic track with adequate space outside the track for conduct of minor games. b) Open and covered stands as required depending on strength of the station.

a) Changing rooms, sports ground equipment store, first-aid room, commentators box, records room and technical committee office to be provided as required. b) Toilet facility :(i) Upto 10,000 troops WC, WHB and urinals 6 Nos. each. (ii) Above 10,000 troops- 3 Nos. additional of each.

TABLE 8. VIII SCALES OF SWIMMING POOLS S.N. Description of Items For 1000 to 2000 pers scales (SM) One No 25x13.5M (Small) For 2001 to 5000 pers scales (SM) One No 50x21M (Large) Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

Swimming Pool

(a) For Stations with 5001 to 8000 personnel (i) One No of 50M x 21M (Large) (ii) One No of 25M x 13.5M (Small) (b) For Stations from 8001 to 14000 personnel (i) Two Nos of 50M x 21M(Large) (ii) One No of 25M x 13.5M (Small) (c) For Stations from 14001 to 20000 personnel (i) Two Nos of 50M x 21M(Large) (ii) One No of 25M x 13.5M (Small)

2.

Side Walks a) At either end b) Other sides 5 M wide 6M wide

2.5 M wide

3M wide

3.

Diving Boards a) Spring board at 1 M b) Spring board at 3 M

1 No 1 No

1 No 1 No

Fixed board at 7 M and 10 M to be provided as special.

4.

Changing Room

75

100

a) Benches. b) Hooks for hanging clothes. c) Foot mats d) Shelves with shutters of size 23 cm x 15 cm each to be provided as follows:(i) Pool size 50M x 21M 50 Nos. (ii) Pool size 25M x 13.5 M 30 Nos. a) The area of changing room to be suitably divided to make separate changing rooms for officers, ladies and other ranks. b) Partition walls in dressing room upto mans height with provision of curtain to form cubicles for changing on as required basis. c) To be provided with curtain runners or rods only.

5.

Sanitary Annexe a) Shower b) WCs c) Urinals d) WHB with mirror e) Foot Bath 7 Nos. 4 Nos. 4 Nos. 4 Nos. 10 Nos. 8 Nos. 6 Nos. 6 Nos.

3 Nos. 15

3 Nos 20

6.

Store Room

CHAPTER NO. 9 MISCELLANEOUS ACCOMMODATION 9.1 Central Maintenance Stations. 9.1.1 Central Maintenance Stations for mechanical transport of static formations and units may be provided at approved stations. Scales of central maintenance stations are given in Table 9.I. 9.1.2 Central maintenance stations shall be provided as given below. All vehicles sub-depots shall be provided with a type A central maintenance station only. (a) (b) (c) Type A Type B Type C for maintenance of upto 300 vehicles. for maintenance of upto 450 vehicles. for maintenance of upto 600 vehicles.

9.1.3 The floors and ramps will be designed to withstand the loads likely to be imposed in various bays and hard standings. 9.1.4 Water points, drainage for waste water and waste oils will be provided as required. Suitable security fencing is to be provided all around the maintenance stations. 9.2 Fire Stations and Static Water Tanks. 9.2.1 Scales for Fire Stations and Static Water Tanks are given in Table 9.II for main and sub fire stations.

9.2.2 Designs and layouts for fire stations, hose hoist and drying towers, drying racks and hose washing ramps will be as approved by the Fire Adviser. Also hose hoist and drying tower will only be constructed where specifically advised by the Fire Adviser. 9.2.3 In cases where fire stations and static water tanks are planned together, it should be ensured that a static water tank is located as near the fire station as possible, for enabling the appliances in the fire station to come into action without any loss of time and afford necessary facilities for the testing and the maintenance of the fire appliances and equipments. However, where this is not possible, a static water tank of 50 KL capacity be provided at a distance not more than 60 M from the main station for recoupment of the appliances returning from a scene of fire in order to keep them ready for subsequent calls. It may be sited as to provide any additional coverage to hazardous storage if feasible. 9.2.4 For quick maneuverability of the appliances and to obviate the chances of getting bogged down in soft terrain, hard standing of sufficient width to facilitate maneuvering should be provided all around the static tank. Each static tank should be properly linked with an approach road not less than 3.6 M in width. 9.2.5 Hydrants for fire fighting purpose shall be provided wherever recommended by Fire Adviser. The minimum requirement of pressure and output is 20 M head and 1150 litres respectively with two numbers hydrants working simultaneously. However, the pressure in the case of ammunition depot shall be planned at not less than 30 M head.

TABLE 9.I SCALES OF CENTRAL MAINTENANCE STATIONS

S.N

Description of Items

Floor Area (SM) / Scale

Special Facilities

Planning Notes

Type A 1. Washing Bay (a) Shed for Hoist

Type B

Type C

42

42

80

a) Hoist 4 Ton (i) Types A&B 01No. (ii) Type C 2 Nos.

a) Hoist with shed shall not be provided for vehicle subdepots stocking only A vehicles and B vehicles of type 3 ton and above. b) Hoist lifting height 1.53 M, wheel free type air operated hydraulic lift, 4 ton capacity. Working pressure 9/14 Kg/Cm2 , complete with ramp, runway and super structure, etc. c) Car washer delivery of gun of 13.5 litres per minute for washing and 6.8 litres per minute for spray at maximum operating pressure of 22 Kg / Cm 2, complete with gun, etc.

(b) Pump Room

12

12

12

b) 3 HP Twin car washer (i) Types A&B1 No. (ii) Type C 2 Nos. c) Sump (i)Type A2500 litres (ii)Type B-3000 litres (iii)Type C-3500 litres

c) Ramps

1 No

2 Nos.

2 Nos.

d) Ramps should have separate approach on either side for ascent and descent. a) Hoist 4 ton (i) Types A & B1 No (ii) Type C-2 Nos. b) Hoist lifting height 1.53 M, wheel free type air operated hydraulic lift, 4 ton capacity working pressure 9/14 Kg/ Cm2 complete with ramp, runway and super-structure, etc. b) Air compressor c) Air compressor of 500 litres a) Hoist shall not be provided for vehicle sub-depots stocking only A vehicles and B vehicles of type 3 ton and above.

2.

Greasing Bay

140

168

223

5 HP (i) Types A&B-1 No. (ii) Type C-2 Nos.

per minute displacement with maximum pressure for switching off at 15 Kg/Cm2 and switching on 11 Kg/Cm2 and pressure difference of 14 Kg/Cm2, tank capacity 500 litres and complete with tubing and fittings, etc. d) HP grease / LP oil pumps of washing pressure of approximate 8 Kg/Cm2. Pressure ratio 40:1 and working pressure 10.5 Kg/Cm2, complete with hoses, etc.

c) 4 Nos. Portable HP grease / LP oil pumps each for all types of stations.

d) 2 Nos. Inspection pits each with ancillary facilities for all types of stations. 3. Repair and Inspection Bay 140 168 223 a) Champion spark plug cleaners (i) Types A&B-1 No. (ii) Type C 4 Nos. b) 1 No. wall mounted tyre inflator each complete with hose etc for all types of stations. c) 2 Nos. inspection pits each with ancillary facilities for all types of stations. 4. Hard standing 4100 4450 4900 -

5.

Storage a) Tool and MT store b) Paint store c) FOL store 18.6 18.6 18.6 Racking and shelving. Shelving. Racking and shelving. -

5 10

5 12

5 15

6.

Offices for OIC, JCOs and Clerks Change Room 10

As per scale.

7.

10

10

Lockers as required

With attached sanitary annexe to include one each of WC, WHB and urinal.

TABLE 9.II SCALES OF FIRE STATIONS AND STATIC WATER TANKS S.N. Description of Items Office cum Control Room a) Main Fire Station 23.00 a) Includes accommodation for supervisory and clerical staff for which area may be partitioned off. b) One door should open from this room into fire engine bay. Floor Area (SM)/ Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

b) Sub Fire Station 2. Assistant Fire Masters Office Store Rooms a) Main Fire Station

11.50

10.00

Authorised for main fire station only.

3.

14.50 One No. 11.00 One No.

Shelving 3 tier

Store rooms should be connected with TFP bays and fire engine bay through a suitable corridor. -

b) Sub Fire Station 4. Crew Rest Room Main or Sub Fire Station a) For 6 persons

One No. of 11.00

Shelving 3 tier

a) Atleast one door from this room will be provided for entrance to the fire engine bay. 36.30 b) One side verandah may be provided. 72.60 As per scale -

b) For 12 persons

5.

Fire Domestic Tender

a) The term fire engine stands either for a domestic tender or a trailor fire pump alongwith a 3 tonner as a towing vehicle. b) Scale give in Table for covered accommodation as for C vehicles for serial 5 and B vehicles and specialist trailors for serial 6,7 and 8 will be followed.

6.

Trailor Fire Pump with 3 ton towing vehicle Trailor Fire Pump Repair Bay with Inspection Pit Sanitary Annexe WC

As per Scale

7. 8.

- Do -

c) 3 M, one side projection over fire engine bay be provided. Separate sanitary annexe enclosure for office to be given out of total authorisation.

9.

- 2 - 2 - 2 - 2

WHB Urinal Bath

10.

Hose Hoist and Drying Tower

21.00 (One No.)

3 M wide paved area all around.

a) To be 20 M high with a smoking chamber 11.5 SM in area. b) At stations where such high structure cannot be built e.g. Air Fields, hose drying racks 3.8 x 1.7 M will be provided. c) If the sub fire station does not hold more than two manned fire engines, only drying racks will be provided. d) Extra requirements if any for hose hoist and drying towers or hose drying racks will be determined by the siting board. There should be suitable arrangements for replenishing the static water tanks expeditiously. Irrespective of its location and distance from source of water supply it should not take more than 18 hrs to completely refill the tank. Distance from the area under protection should be as under :a) 100 M to 200 M

11. 12.

Hose Washing Pump Static Water Tanks

One number Capacity

a) Ammunition Depots b) Explosive Magazines, Ammunition and Explosive Storage Areas c) POL Depot holding more than 2250 KL of POL d) Installations holding more than 2750 Cubic Metres of Timber e) Bomb Dumps f) Explosive Process Areas g) POL Depot holding upto 2250 KL of POL h) Installations holding upto 2750 Cubic Metres of Timber j) Other store holding Depots k) Other nonexplosive areas or units holding comparatively small storage, other depots and detachments.

225 KL 225 KL b) 100 M to 200 M

225 KL

c) 100 M to 200 M

225 KL

d) 100 M to 150 M

110 KL 110 KL

e) 100 M to 200 M

f) 100 M to 200 M 110 KL g) 100 M to 200 M

110 KL h) 100 M to 150 M

70 KL

j) 60 M to 150 M

50 KL

k) 60 M to 150 M

PART-III (SPECIALISED SCALES) SECTION A - ARMY CHAPTER NO. 10 FIELD FORMATION HEADQUARTERS 10.1 Specialised accommodation required for Formation Headquarters at Corps. Division and brigade level will be provided as given in the Table 10.1. The scales contained herein apply also to the brigades of the supporting arms. 10.2 Offices and additional accommodation for centralized educational and technical training will be provided as per the scales given elsewhere. 10.3 Accommodation for field computers and electronic warfare systems shall be provided, wherever such equipment is authorised, to suit the technical requirements of the equipment. 10.4 For functioning of headquarters during operations, wherever the same is envisaged from permanent location, minimum essential additional underground accommodation may be provided as indicated in the Table, subject to the approval of GOC-in-C Command. All underground accommodation shall be air conditioned. Stand by power supply arrangement will also be provided. 10.5 Desert coolers may be provided for the accommodation as indicated in the Table, at authorised stations.

10.6 Suitable security wall or fencing with security lights will be provided all around the formation head-quarters on as required basis. Security bars or grills should be provided on all windows and ventilators. Accommodation for night pickets shall also be provided.

TABLE 10.I SCALES OF FIELD FORMATION HEADQUARTERS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Corps HQ Div HQ Bde HQ Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

Operations Room

65

50

45

a) Sliding map boards with roller shutters and locking arrangements. b) Wall boards for charts. c) Double door, outer door of iron bars. d) Lighting for wall boards and sliding map boards. e) Desert coolers.

Not to be provided when similar accommodation is constructed underground as given at serial 15 (a).

2.

Conference Room

80

60

Combine d with Serial 1

Desert Coolers

3.

Planning Rooms :a) Intelligence 40 Combined with serial 1 20 350 Combine d with serial 1 300 Wall boards for maps. -

b) Q c) Engineers d) Signals 4. Sand Model Room

28 28 28 400

-do-do-doa) Sand model pit of appropriate size with wooden covering. b) Stepped up platforms for seating and stage. c) Rear projection screen. d) Wall boards for maps e) Supplementary lighting for sand model pit, stage and wall boards. f) Desert Coolers. a) Includes space for syndicate rooms, sand model stores and projection cabin etc. b) Sanitary annexe.

5.

Visitors Room

20 each (2 Nos) 20 each (4 Nos)

As per scale 20

As per scale -

6.

Technical Libraries

Technical libraries at Corps HQ are authorised for General Staff, Ordnance, EME, and Legal Branches. Includes space for storage of books, reference cum reading section and office for librarian. Includes office accommodation entitlement of registry clerks. Map store to be authorised based on assessed requirement of Corps HQ or map supply section. a) Size of training stores at Corps HQ to be decided based on the assessed requirement. b) May be suitably sub-divided.

7.

Central Library cum Museum

140

100

56

a) Counter b) Desert Coolers.

8.

Central Registry

18

15

9.

Map Store

As required

30

20

a) Racking and shelving. b) Double doors, outer door being iron bars. Racking and shelving

10.

Training Store

As required

80

50

11.

Strong Rooms :a) For Classified Documents b) For Cipher Documents 15 each (2 Nos.) 15 a) Double doors with outer door of iron bars. b) Inbuilt almirahs with steel door and locking arrangement, as required. a) Strong rooms should have only one entry and exit. No windows or ventilators to be provided. b) Room for ECL to be provided only where equipment is authorised to be installed. c) Special facilities as for strong rooms may be provided for Bde HQ in offices where classified documents are held.

28

c) For equipment Cipher Line (ECL).

28

15

12.

Office for Signal Communication Technical Staff

12

13.

Room for Reception and Security Staff. Cafeteria

15

10

10

Counter

14.

45

30

20

a) Racking and shelving with inbuilt cupboards in store and pantry. b) Sink

a) Includes space for refreshment room, store and pantry and kitchenette. b) Attached toilet.

15.

Underground Operations Room Complex :a) Operation Room b) Intelligence Planning Room 55 40 a) To be air conditioned. b) Sliding map boards with roller shutters and locking arrangements for serial (a), (b), (c) and (d). c) Wall boards for charts. 25 d) Lighting for wall boards and sliding map boards. To be provided where specifically sanctioned as stipulated in the chapter notes.

30

Combined with Serial 15 (a) -

c) Joint Operations Centre. d) Joint Air Defence Centre. e) Offices (i) GOC/ COS (ii) Other Officers (iii) Clerks

55

18 each

18

12 each (8 Nos) 12 each (4 Nos)

12 each (4 Nos) 12 each (2 Nos)

(iv)Draftsmen and Surveyors (f) Strong Room for ECL Machine. g) Operational Telephone Exchange Room

15

10

15

10

12

CHAPTER NO. 11 ARMOURED CORPS AND MECHANISED INFANTRY UNITS

11.1

Scales of specialised accommodation in respect of the units of Armoured Corps and Mechanised Infantry are given in Tables 11.I and 11.II.

11.2 Accommodation requirements in respect of other units, e.g. Horsed Cavalry Regiments, etc. other than those items covered elsewhere in the scales, will be treated as special works. 11.3 Training rooms for simulators, including store rooms where applicable, will be provided as per technical requirements of the equipment in the units or formations or regimental training centres, wherever such simulators are authorised. 11.4 Air-conditioning will be provided as per technical requirements of the equipment for store rooms as indicated in the Table. Lightning protection will be provided for shell stores. Wherever operationally considered necessary, shell stores will be provided with suitable protection against air attacks. Suitable approaches and exits will be provided for shell stores for quick loading of tanks. 11.5 Suitable power supply will be provided for operating gunnery and driving systems of tanks and armoured personnel carriers including working training models, in the respective instruction sheds. 11.6
Storage accommodation for missiles should be provided as required with suitable air-conditioning as per technical requirements of the missiles. The accommodation should be provided appropriately grouped on a combined basis wherever feasible.

TABLE NO. 11.I SCALES OF ARMOURED CORPS UNITS

S.N.

Description of Items

Floor Area (SM) / Scale Armed Regt. Indep Armd Sqn (4) 28 HQ Sqn of HQ Armd Div / Bde (5) 28

Special Facilities

Planning notes

(1) 1.

(2) General Store

(3) 56

(6) Racking and shelving. a) Racking and shelving b) Non dust emitting floor. c) Inbuilt cupboards.

(7)

2.

Signal Eqpt Store

25 per Sqn.

25

Combined with serial 3

For Regimental. Training Centres 64 SM for stores at serial 2 and 3.

3.

Optical Instruments and Night Vision Devices Store

12 per Sqn.

12

20

a) Non dust emitting floor. b) Inbuilt cupboards of 1.8 M height, 1.5 M width and 0.6 M depth, with padded insulation and heating arrangements 1 No. per 4 tanks.

4.

Technical and Fording Eqpt Store Store for Rubberised Gas Masks, Regenerative Bottles and Emergency Pellets. Training Store

28 per AFV Sqn 20

28

12

Racking and shelving.

5.

To be airconditioned.

To be provided only where such items are authorised including Regimental Training Centres.

6.

56

28

15

Racking and shelving Shelving

May be suitably subdivided as required.

7. 8.

Paint Store Intelligence and Map Room Battery Charging Shop Instruction Room for Tactical Training

12 28

9 18

9.

As per scale

10.

174

a) Sand model pit with wooden covering. b) Glass black board 2 Nos.

Also caters for tank crew training for which the room may be suitably partitioned as required.

c) Rear projection screen. d) Stepped up platforms for seating. 11. Radio Instruction Room Instruction Shed for Gunnery Training 56 30 Glass black board. 56 SM for Regtl Training Centres. a) To also cater for working training models in Armd Regts wherever authorised; in which case area may be suitably increased as required. b) For Regtl Training Centre 196 SM. Additional accommodation to be provided for the authorised working training models on as required basis. -do-

12.

111

Glass black board 2 Nos.

13.

Instruction Shed for Mechanical Training Instruction Rooms for Squad Training (25 SM each) Field Miniature Range (27 M or 50 M)

111

111

Glass black boards 2 Nos.

14.

4 Nos.

2 Nos.

1 No.

Glass black board.

15.

1 No

1 No

a) Open shed for size 18 M x 10 M with stone paved standing.

a) Type of range 3 M or 50 M to be provided as per technical requirements of AFVs. b) Also authorised for Regtl Training Centres. Sizes of range and shed for firing to be provided as required.

b) Channels with winches and pulleys for moving targets. c) Suitable power supply for firing system of AFVs 16. 17. Shell Store Explosive Store As per scale. As per scale.

TABLE NO. 11.II SCALES OF MECHANISED INFANTRY UNITS S.N. Description of Items (2) General Store Floor Area (SM)/ Scale (3) 56 Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(4) Racking and shelving

(5)

2.

Signal Eqpt. Store

37

a) Racking and shelving b) Non dust emitting floor. c) Inbuilt cupboards.

For Regtl Training Centres 64 SM each for stores at serial 2 and 3.

3.

Optical Instruments and Night Vision Devices Store

10 per Mechanized company

a) Non dust emitting floor. b) Inbuilt cupboards of 1.8 M height, 1.5 M width and 0.6 M depth, with padded insulation and heating arrangement 1 No.per 4 APCs.

4.

Training Store

56

Racking and shelving

May be suitably subdivided as required.

5. 6.

Paint Store Intelligence and Map Room Battery Charging Shop Instruction Room for Tactical Training

12 28

Shelving

7.

As per scale

8.

174

a) Sand model pit with wooden covering

Also caters for APC crew training for which the room may be suitably partitioned as required.

b) Glass black board 2 Nos. c) Rear Projection screen. d) Stepped up platforms for seating. 9. Radio Instruction Room Instruction Shed for Gunnery Training 37 Glass black board 56 SM for Regtl Training Centres. a) To be provided only where ICVs are authorised. b) To also cater for working training models where authorised; in which case area may be suitably

10.

111

Glass black board 2 Nos.

increased as required. c) For Regtl Training Centre 196 SM. Additional accommodation to be provided for the authorised working training models on as required basis. 11. Instruction Shed for Mechanical Training. 90 Glass black boards 2 Nos. a) To also cater for working training models wherever authorised; in which case area may be suitably increased as required. b) For Regtl Training Centre 196 SM. Additional accommodation to be provided for the authorised working training models on as required basis. 12. Field Miniature Range (27 M) 1 No. a) Open shed of size 18 M x 10 M with stone paved standing. b) Channels with winches and pulleys for moving targets. c) Suitable power supply for firing system of ICVs. 13. Instruction Room for Mortar Training Instruction Rooms for Squad Training (3 Nos.) Shell Store 37 Stepped up platforms as required.

14.

25 each

15.

As per scale

16.

Explosive Store

76

Water tank of suitable size alongwith WP ammunition store.

a) Caters for all explosives and ammunition other than small arms ammunition. b) May be sub-divided into rooms or small compartments as per regulations for storage of explosives. c) Verandah or platform to be provided. d) Earth traverse or other safety arrangements as per technical regulations.

CHAPTER NO. 12 ARTILLERY UNITS

12.1 Scales of specialised accommodation in respect of Artillery units including accommodation for guns and equipment are given in Tables 12.I to 12.V. Accommodation requirements for other units will be treated as special. 12.2 Training rooms for simulators and working training models, including store rooms where applicable, will be provided as per technical requirements of the equipment, in the headquarters artillery brigades, units and training centres, wherever such equipment is authorised. 12.3
Suitable power supply will be provided for the relevant simulators and working training models, wherever authorised. Air-conditioning will be provided for various accommodations as indicated in the Tables, as per technical requirements of the equipment.

12.4 Artillery ammunition stores will be provided, preferably on a combined basis, with lightning protection as well as suitable approaches and exits for quick loading of vehicles. Wherever operationally considered essential, such stores will also be provided suitable protection against air attack. 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.8
Storage accommodation for missiles should be provided as required with suitable air-conditioning as per technical requirements of missiles. The accommodation should be provided appropriately on a combined basis. Sizes for storage and training accommodation pertaining to missiles are based on the current generation of equipment. Alteration to these sizes may be made for new equipment subsequently introduced. Combining of training facilities at brigade or station level should be considered wherever units are co-located.

Specialised accommodation for Air OP Squadrons or Flights will be provided to conform to the layout and general specifications of Air Force Flying Stations. For Squadrons or Flights located away from Air Force Stations, the accommodation and facilities which are normally the responsibility of Air Force, will be provided for such units as per Air Force scales.

TABLE 12.I SCALES OF AIR DEFENCE ARTILLERY GROUPS / REGIMENTS S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

AD Guns (Towed/ SP) and Composite AD Units

(1) 1.

(2) General Store

(3) 56

AD Missile Units (4) 56

(5) Racking and shelving

(6) 28 SM for Independent or Detached Battery.

2.

Gun and Technical Equipment Store

28 per Battery

90 per Missile Battery 45 each (4 Nos)

- Do -

May be sub-divided.

3.

Radar Equipment Store

28 per Battery

a) Racking and shelving b) Non-dust emitting floor.

Authorised for Control Battery.

4.

Signal Equipment and Optical Instruments store

37 per Gp HQ/Regt HQ/Bty

a) Racking and shelving. b) Inbuilt almirahs with padded insulation and heating arrangement 2 Nos. c) Non-dust emitting floor.

5.

Intelligence and Map Room

28

28

a) Shelving b) Inbuilt almirahs.

14 SM for Independent or Detached Battery.

6.

Training Store

37

37

Racking and shelving

7.

Storage Shed for Training Missiles

15 per Missile

Ceiling height 4 M with shutters.

a) To be provided only wherever training missiles are authorised. b) Air conditioning may be provided to meet the technical requirements of missiles, where justified.

8.

Storage Shed for Missile Technological Equipment. Battery Charging Shop

64

Ceiling height 4 M with shutters.

9.

- As per scale -

a) To be provided only for units authorised gun fitters of Arty. b) May be sub-divided into separate shops for batteries.

10.

Fitters shop

8 per artificer

11.

Aircraft Recognition Room.

115

115

a) Glass black board. b) Inbuilt glazed cupboards - 2 Nos. c) Rear projection screen with cabin.

12.

Instruction Shed for Gun Systems/ Radar / Mechanical Training.

110

110

Ceiling height 5M

13.

Instruction Sheds for Missile Training.

54 each

a) One shed each to be provided for sectionised missiles, training aids for missiles and electrified training stands for missiles, wherever such equipment is authorised. For new equipment, the accommodation will be provided as per technical requirements of the equipment. b) Air Conditioning may be provided to meet technical requirements of the equipment where justified.

14.

Instruction Room for Tactical Training.

174 per Gp

a) Sand model pit with wooden covering. b) Glass black boards. c) Stepped up platforms for seating.

15.

Instruction Room for Telephone Exchange

20

20

a) Glass black board. b) Raised platform.

16.

Instruction Rooms for Technical Trades Training (40 SM each).

2 Nos.

4 Nos.

a) Glass black board. b) Raised platform

17.

Artillery Ammunition Store

As per scales of Ammunition Depots

TABLE 12.II SCALES OF AIR OBSERVATION POST UNITS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

Squadron

(1) 1.

(2) General Store

(3) 28 per Flt

Indep / Detached Flight (4) 28

(5) Racking and Shelving.

(6)

2.

Signal Eqpt Store a) Sqn HQ 15 b) Flt (each) 20 20 a) Racking and Shelving b) Non dust emitting floor. c) Inbuilt almirahs.

3.

Battery Charging Shop TA Eqpt Store

As per scale

4.

15 per Sqn HQ / Flt 1550 SM per Flt

15

Racking and Shelving.

5.

Hangar for five Chetak or Cheetah Helicopters.

a) Ceiling height 10 M b) Sliding doors on both sides. c) False ceiling of wire meshing d) Lights and fans as per scale.

a) Hangars for new aircraft will be provided on as required basis. b) Includes space for bays of daily servicing section inside the hangar for different aircraft systems pertaining to air frame electrical, engine, instrument, radio, rotables, ground eqpt, hydraulic and office bay for officer Incharge daily servicing section.

6.

Air Force Eqpt and Technical Stores.

100 per Flt

100

Racking and Shelving

a) May be sub-divided into separate store rooms. b) Accommodation at serials 6 to 11 to be sited side by side along the length of hangars on one or both sides.

7.

FSS Store

15 per Flt

15

Racking and Shelving

8.

Air Crew Briefing Room

54 per Flt

54

a) To be air-conditioned. b) Lockers and wardrobes. c) Glass blackboard.

Attached sanitary annexe.

9.

Maintenance and Ground Crew Room. Kitchenette

54 per Flt

54

Lockers and wardrobes.

Attached sanitary annexe.

10.

12

12

a) Sink b) Cupboard

One No. each to be attached to air crew briefing room and maintenance and ground crew room.

11.

Flight Navigation Room

18 per Flt

18

12.

Room for Photo Sec

20 per Flt

20

Includes area for a separate dark room. Glass black board.

13.

Instruction Room for Technical Trade Training Instruction Room for Telephone Exchange Artillery Miniature Range Shed for POL Refuelling Bowser.

40

28

14.

20

Glass black board.

15.

120

80

Stepped up platforms for seating. a) To be sited at least 365 M. away from the hanger. b) Includes space for aircraft oil, dope and other inflammable material.

16.

64 per Flt

64

TABLE 12.III SCALES OF ARTILLERY GUNS, RADARS AND EQUIPMENT S.N Description of Items (2) Sheds for Towed Guns and Mortars. Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities (4) Sliding or roller shutters of appropriate width and height to facilitate easy entry and exit of towing vehicles. Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(3) a) Floor Area = L x W Where L = Length of gun (with barrel fully powered) or mortar, plus 2 M. W = Width of gun (with Open trails) or mortar, plus 2 M. b) Height = Height of gun (at 45 degrees elevation or mortar, plus 0.5 M (rounded off to next height 0.5 M fraction) subject to a minimum of 3.8 M.

(5) Doors may be provided on both sides of sheds for such heavy guns for which garaging is not possible without towing with a tractor vehicle.

2.

Sheds for self Propelled Guns

As per scales for A vehicles.

Height of shed should have minimum clearance of 0.5 M above the gun at 45 degrees elevation, rounded off to next higher 0.5 M fraction. Height of ceiling should have minimum clearance of 0.5 M above the radar or eqpt, rounded off to next higher 0.5 M fraction. a) Suitable hard standing. a) Should be constructed adjacent to gun, radar and eqpt sheds. b) Dimensions may be altered to suit the local conditions, subject to not exceeding the authorised area.

3.

Sheds for Radars and Vehicle Mounted Eqpt.

As per scales for A Vehicles and specialist vehicles.

4.

Unroofed Park for Guns, Radars and Equipment.

110 x 55

b) Stone paved standing for tracked vehicles.

TABLE 12.IV SCALES OF ARTILLERY LOCATING UNITS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Regt (1) 1. (2) General Store (3) 56 Div Loc Btys (4) 28 Special Facilities Planning Notes

(5)

(6)

2.

Technical Eqpt Store Survey Eqpt Store

28

15

Racking and Shelving

3.

28 per Survey Tp

20 per Survey Tp

a) Racking and Shelving b) Inbuilt almirah with padded insulation and heating arrangement.

4.

Sound Ranging Eqpt Store

28 per Sound Ranging Tp 28 per Radar Tp

40

Racking and Shelving

May be sub divided for Div Loc Bty.

5.

Radar Eqpt Store

20

a) Racking and shelving b) Inbuilt almirah. c) Non dust emitting floor.

6.

Signal Eqpt Store

28 per Bty HQ or Tp 37 28

45

- Do -

- Do -

7. 8.

Training Store Intelligence and Map Room Battery Charging Shop Instruction Rooms for technical trades training (40 SM each) Instruction Room for Telephone Exchange

18 18

Racking and Shelving a) Shelving b) Inbuilt almirah.

9.

As per scale

10.

2 Nos.

1 No.

a) Glass black board. b) Raised platform.

11.

20

Glass black board.

TABLE 12.V SCALES OF FIELD BRANCH ARTILLERY UNITS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Regt Indep Bty (4) 28 28 Light Bty Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1. 2.

(2) General Store Signal Equipment Store

(3) 56 28 per Bty

(5) 37 15 per Bty HQ or Tp

(6) Racking and Shelving. a) Shelving and racking. b) Inbuilt almirah 2 Nos. c) Non-dust emitting floor.

(7)

3.

Survey and TA Equipment Store

28 per Bty

28

14 per Tp

a) Shelving and racking. b) Inbuilt almirahs with padded insulation and heating arrangements 2 Nos.

4.

Gun Eqpt Store Heavy and Medium gun units. Other units.

28 per gun bty

28

Racking and shelving.

5. 6.

Training Store Intelligence and Map Room

14 per gun bty 37 28

14 18 15

9 per Tp 28 20 -do a) Shelving b) Inbuilt almirah.

7.

Battery Charging Shop Instruction Shed for Gunnery Training Instruction Rooms for Technical Trades Training (40 SM each) Instruction Room for Telephone Exchange. Artillery Miniature Range 110

As per scale

8.

60

60

a) Glass black boards b) Height as required

To also cater for mechanical training.

9.

2 Nos.

1 No.

1 No.

a) Glass black boards. b) Raised platform.

10.

20

20

Glass black board.

11.

120

Stepped up platform for seating.

12.

Artillery Ammunition Store

As per scales of Ammunition Depots.

CHAPTER NO. 13 ENGINEER UNITS

13.1 Scales of specialized accommodation for Engineer Units, units of Military Engineering Service and for bulk storage of Engineers stores are given in Tables 13.I to 13.III. Specialised accommodation for other specialist units, accommodation for sector stores and equipment as well as additional accommodation for Engineer Store Depots and Parks, other than the items indicated in the Table, will be provided on as required basis depending on merits. 13.2 Training rooms for simulators and working training models including store rooms, where applicable, will be provided as per technical requirements of the equipment. 13.3 Storage accommodation in Military Engineering Service and Engineers Works units for cement, timber, retrieved stores, paints and construction stores, etc shall be provided on as required basis. Accommodation for laboratory shall be provided on as required basis wherever the same in sanctioned. 13.4 For accommodation required in respect of MES establishment sanctioned for construction projects, the scales of specialized accommodation shall be followed as a guide for the items as applicable. Essential single living accommodation may also be provided for MES construction staff and DAD staff employed on audit and accounting of construction work.. The single accommodation shall be provided as per scales applicable for equivalent combatant personnel at stations where neither the existing Government accommodation can be utilized nor any civil accommodation is available for hire at the station or at any station within reasonable distance. The necessity shall be accepted in each case by the Competent Financial Authority. All such accommodation shall be constructed to temporary specification.

TABLE 13.I SCALES OF ENGINEER UNITS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Regts (1) 1. (2) General Store (3) 56 Indep Coys (4) 28 (5) Racking and shelving a) Racking and shelving b) Inbuilt cupboard in RHQ store with padded insulation and heating arrangement. a) Store of RHQ may be sub-divided as required. b) For specialist bridging regiments and companies the floor area shall be proportionately reduced and provided as assessed for actual quantities of stores authorised. Not to be provided for Engr. Plant Coy. (6) Special Facilities Planning Notes

2.

Field Engineering Stores

RHQ 80 Fd, Aslt- 40 Bridging each Coy or Sqn

50

3.

Signal Equipment Store

37

20

a) Racking and shelving b) Non dust emitting floor. c) Inbuilt cupboard.

4.

Workshop Expendable Stores

50

20

Racking and shelving

Store room for gas to be provided in a separate building.

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Paint Store FP and TG Stores Bridging Stores Defence Stores Battery Charging Shop Ferro Printing Room

12 50 -

7 20 As per scale As per scale As per scale

10.

11

a) Sink with water tap b) Power point

11. 12.

Dark Room Instruction Room for Tactical Training

11 110

- Do a) Sand model pit with wooden covering. b) Glass black boards 2 Nos. c) Rear projection screen d) Stepped up platform for seating.

13.

Instruction Room for Mechanical Training

50

a) Glass black board b) Raised platform

Authorised only for Assault Engineer Regiment and the Engineer Regiment integral to Armoured Division.

14.

Radio Instruction Room Unit Workshop for Draftsmen and Surveyors. Unit Technical Workshop for Engine Fitters Engine Artificers Machinists Fitters Electricians Blacksmiths Metal smiths Welders Carpenters & Joiners Sawyer Painters & Decorators Instruction Room for Telephone Exchange Explosive Stores

30

-do-

15.

60

20

16.

5.6 per tradesman for tradesmen of workshop platoon and for 50 per cent of remainder tradesmen on authorised establishment, subject to a minimum of 100 SM and maximum of 400 SM.

a) Fittings and fixtures as required. b) 3 phase A/C power and electric supply.

May be provided as a single workshop with suitable partitions to divide into separate bays for different tradesmen shops.

17.

20

Glass black board.

18.

50

20

a) May be sub-divided in to rooms or small compartments as per regulations for storage of explosives. b) To be provided only for such units which are authorised explosives.

Note : Accommodation for Mobile Plant Eqpt as well as storage accommodation for connected MT stores shall be provided as per scales for C vehicles. Accommodation for vehicles mounted with bridging eqpt shall be provided as per scales for B vehicles.

TABLE 13.II SCALES OF ACCOMMODATION FOR BULK STORAGE OF ENGINEER STORES S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM)/ Scale (3) Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Bridging Stores a) Krupman Bridging Eqpt b) PMP and PMS Bridging Eqpt c) Other Bridging Eqpt viz Bailey or EW Bailey, etc. (i) Covered Storage (ii) Open Storage d) Assault Boats including Outboard Motors e) Folding Boats f) Pontoons

(4)

(5)

800 per set

200 per set

Separate room of 180 SM for floats with suitable temperature control as per technical requirements of items of equipment.

a) To be provided only for such units holding relevant bridging eqpt as per the authorised quantities. b) May be suitably subdivided for different categories of items as required. c) Floor area authorised for Folding Boats and Pontoons caters for 3 high stacks. In units or depots or parks, where cranes are not available, 2 high stacks may be made with manual labour and floor area for Pontoons only provided at 8.62 SM per pontoon.

2.8 per tonne 1.9 per tonne 26 per set of 8 Boats or part

8.1 per Boat 8.4 per Pontoon

2.

Defence Stores a) Covered Storage 2.8 per tonne a) Covered or open shed may be provided as justified. b) Also authorised for Engineer Regiments authorised to hold bulk defence stores such as defence bricks, training bricks, etc.

b) Open Storage

1.9 per tonne

3.

Engineer Stores a) Covered Storage 2.8 per tonne a) Covered or Open shed may be provided as justified. b) Scales for storage accommodation on the basis of stacking upto 1.82 M height and include allowance for dispersal against fire risk only. c) For dispersal against air attack, where operationally necessary, the scales for open storage may vary from 7 SM to 20 SM per tonne according to the circumstances.

b) Open Storage

1.9 per tonne

4.

Spare parts for plant and machinery.

3.65 per tonne

Notes : 1. Above-mentioned scales are applicable to all Engineer units holding bulk engineer stores.

2. For Engineer Stores Depots and Engineer Parks, specialised accommodation such as receipt and issue sheds, workshops, conference room, orderly officers room, time keepers office, battery charging shop, ticket boards shelter for industrial personnel, gate keepers office, rigorous search rooms, electric siren, workers amenity room, covered washing centres, vehicle inspection pit, bicycle cum scooter sheds and accommodation / facilities for security arrangements, as assessed, may be provided based on analogous scales for these items as laid down for Ordnance Depots.

TABLE 13.III SCALES OF MILITARY ENGINEERING SERVICE AND ENGINEER WORKS UNITS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

CE (1) 1. (2) Conference Room (3) 44

CWE/GE (4) CWE 32 GE 28 (5) (6) Wherever the administrative offices of CWE and GE are located in the same complex, only one conference room of 32 SM shall be provided. Shelving with glazed shutters. Racking and Shelving a) Exhaust fan b) Power points c) Sink

2.

Technical Library

28

CWE 21 GE 15 48

3.

Room for Old Records and Drawings. Ferro Printing Room

93

4.

36

24

5.

Model cum Sample Room Tradesmens Shop for trades such as Carpenters, Painters, Polishers and Blacksmiths, Electricians, Instrument Repairers, etc. Complaint Cell

60

25

6.

5.6 per trades man subject to a minimum of 12 SM.

Separate Shops to be provided in sub-divisions for each category in respect of the authorised No. of tradesmen.

7.

20

Authorised for GE only.

8.

Canteen Tiffin Room

0.09 SM per person

a) Sink and shelving in kitchen and pantry. b) Wash hand basin 1 No.

a) Includes area for kitchen and pantry. b) Attached toilet without bath.

9.

Gate Office cum Night Duty Room Ladies Rest Room

10

10

Authorised only for subdivisions holding stores. Attached toilet without bath.

10.

27

17

Note : Accommodation for visitors room, stationery room and parking space for cycles cum scooters shall be provided as per scales for Office and Administrative Accommodation. Scales for these items of accommodation as authorised for formation headquarters shall be applicable to Zonal Chief Engineers and of large units for the CWEs and GEs.

CHAPTER NO. 14 SIGNAL UNITS

14.1 The Scales of specialised accommodation required for Corps of Signal units and Signal Centres upto Division and Area level have been covered in Tables 14.I and 14.II. The requirement of accommodation for the Signal Centres at Corps and above including other signal installations will be treated as special works. 14.2 The scales for signal centres at division or equivalent level cater for the needs of a standard division. For any additional brigade or equivalent of four major units being located in the same station, the area for the specific rooms as indicated in the Table will be increased by 25 percent. 14.3 Non-dust-emitting floors to meet the technical requirements of the installed equipment should be provided in the signal centres and in stores of telecommunication equipment in units as required. Covered ducts may be provided in the floors for laying of cables. 14.4 External electric supply connections should be laid underground to the signal installations. Stabilised power supply to suit the technical specifications relating to voltage, current frequency, etc of the equipment will be provided. Concealed electric wiring would be provided within the signal centres. Rooms as indicated in the Table will be air-conditioned. Suitable lightning protection should also be provided. 14.5 Garages for vehicles may be provided in the complex of signal installations, from within the authorised scales. Bicycle and scooter sheds may be provided in the signal installations as required. 14.6 Wherever operationally considered essential, subject to the approval of the GOC-in-C Command, suitable protection works against air attacks may be undertaken for the signal centres. Security bars or grills to be provided on all windows and ventilators with wire mesh as required in the signal centres. Security fencing and security lights should also be provided all round the signal installations.

TABLE 14.I SCALES OF SIGNAL UNITS S.N Description Of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) General Store

(3) 56 per regiment

(4) Shelving

(5) For Independent company not forming part of a regiment 28 SM.

2.

Technical Equipment Stores a) Signal Companies 74 Shelving a) Not to be provided for companies having section technical stores. b) For HQ signal Training Centre and Companies of Technical Training Regiments 20 SM each. Applicable to multicore or coaxial cables only. b) Technical Equipment Sections c) Cable Stores 1.5 SM per KM cable length 37 each

3.

Strong Room for Cipher Documents.

15

a) Double doors with independent locking facilities. b) Outer door to be of iron bars. c) Built-in almirahs large 3 Nos

To be provided only for regiments not having integral signal centres.

4.

Unit Telecommunication Equipment Workshop a) Regiments 5.6 SM per artificer a) Built-in cupboards. a) To be also authorised for Signal Training Centres. b) For Signal Regiments maximum area of 60 SM only. For independent and detached signal companies only.

b) Rubber matting for work benches.

b) Companies 12

a) Built in cupboards. b) Rubber matting for work benches.

5. 6.

Battery Charging Shop Technical Training Facilities

As per scale

a) Telephone Exchange Room b) Practical Training Laboratories (i) Regiments 2 Room 1 Room

20 per regiment

56 SM each a) Raised Platform 28 SM b) Glass blackboards. 4.5 SM per trainee for 30 percent of total authorised trainees strength of Signal Training.Centres to be provided for Technical Training Regiments, which will also cater for accommodation given at serial 6 (c).

(ii) Independent and Detached Signal Companies c) Trades Training Shops (i) Regiments

37

-do-

37 (ii) Independent and Detached Companies d) Training Store 20 SM per regiment

Built-in glazed cupboards. - do -

12

Shelving

TABLE 14.II SCALES OF SIGNAL CENTRES S.N Description Of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

Bde/ Equivalent level (1) 1. (2) OIC Signal Centre Room OIC Clerk and Stationery Room DSO Room (3) 17

Div/ Equivalent level (4) 18 (5) (6)

2.

13

18

Racking

3.

11

Glazed partition with adjacent rooms. Racking and Shelving Counter(s) with commu-nication hatches or windows. Increment allowed as given in chapter notes. - do -

4.

Old Traffic and Scrutiny Rooms Counter Room

13

24

5.

21

30

6.

Teleprinter Room

17

24

a) Suitable flooring, ceiling, etc to be provided for reduction of noise. b) Increment allowed as given in chapter notes.

7.

Line Telegraph and Radio Telegraph Room Radio Receiver Room OC Cipher Room

17

24

Increment allowed as given in chapter notes.

8.

24

- do -

9.

13

13

a) Built-in almirah large-1. b) Double door for entrance and exit, the outer door being of iron bars.

Entrance to cipher complex only through this room, opening into the counter room.

10.

Strong Room

13

a) Double door, outer door being of iron bars. b) Built-in almirah large with steel door locking arrangement-2 Nos.

11.

Book Cipher Room

11

21

a) Communication hatch or window with

Increment allowed as given in Chapter notes.

counter room. b) Built-in almirah large with steel door locking arrangement 1 No. 12. Machine Cipher Room Automatic Switch Room a) Upto 200 lines b) 200 to 300 lines c) 300 to 600 lines 14. Trunk or Automatic Manual Room a) Upto 3 Boards b) 3 to 5 Boards c) 5 to 10 boards. Main Distribution Frame Room. 27 35 50 13 27 35 50 24 a) Plinths as required. b) Ceiling height 4.3 M. c) To be airconditioned. a) Raised platforms. b) Ventilat ors. c) Exhaust fan. d) Water tap with wash basin and tray. e) Acid resistant floor, platform and walls upto 2 M height. Increment allowed as given in chapter notes. - Do - Do Wall glass board and a raised platform. 30 30 a) Ceiling height 4.3 M. b) To be airconditioned. 17 24 Increment allowed as given in Chapter notes.

13.

48

48

60

60

To be airconditioned.

Suitable flooring ceiling, etc. to be provided for reduction of noise.

15.

16.

Battery Room

12

17.

Workshop Room

17

25

18. 19. 20.

Store Room P & T Office and Store Room Glass Room

21 18 27

21.

Officers Rest Room Staff Rest Room Ladies Rest Room Rest Room for P & T Maintenance Staff Toilets Incinerator Hard standing for parking DR Vehicles and motor cycles

22. 23.

17 -

27 24 With attached toilet.

24.

15

25. 26. 27.

3 Nos. 1 No. 30

4 Nos. 1 No. 54

CHAPTER NO. 15 INFANTRY UNITS

15.1 Scales of specialized accommodation in respect of Infantry Units are given in Table 15.I. Additional accommodation requirements in respect of other units e.g. Para, Para Commando, Motorised, Scout Battalions as well as Guided Missile Battalions will be treated as special. 15.2 Instructional accommodation for practical training of specialist sub units of infantry battalions will be provided on centralized basis as per scales given in Table 15.II. Instruction rooms for infantry battalions shall normally be provided on brigade basis. Where the infantry battalions of a brigade are located in different stations, the accommodation may be provided on station basis, depending on merits, to serve maximum possible infantry battalions in the station. Additional accommodation as necessary may be provided for specialised training models or aids when authorized, as per technical requirements of the equipment. 15.3 Training rooms for simulators and working training models, including store rooms where applicable, will be provided with suitable air conditioning as per technical requirements of the equipment in the Guided Missile Battalions and Regimental Training Centres, wherever such equipment are authorised. 15.4 Storage accommodation for missiles should be provided as required with suitable air-conditioning as per the technical requirements of missiles. The accommodation should be provided appropriately on a combined basis. 15.5 Lightning protection will be provided for explosive store and magazine. Wherever operationally considered necessary, explosive store and magazine will be provided with suitable protection against air attack.

TABLE 15.I SCALES OF INFANTRY BATTALIONS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale 56 Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

General Store

Racking and shelving

2.

Signal Eqpt Store

28

a) Racking and shelving b) Non dust emitting floor. c) Inbuilt cupboards.

3.

Training Store

45

Racking and shelving

To be suitably subdivided as required.

4.

Drums and Music Instruments Store

19

a) Racking and shelving b) Inbuilt almirah.

5.

Intelligence and Map Room

28

a) Racking and shelving b) Inbuilt almirah.

6.

Instruction Room for Tactical Training

110

a) Sand model pit with wooden covering b) Glass black boards 02 Nos c) Stepped up platforms for seating.

7.

Instruction Room for Telephone Exchange

20

Glass black board

8.

Training Shed

140

a) Open shed with adequate side cover from weather. b) To be provided only in hot and dry regions and areas of heavy rainfall, subject to prior approval of GOC-inC.

9.

Range Small Arms 27 M

1 No.

Channels with winches and pulleys for moving targets. Water tank of suitable size alongwith WP ammunition store. a) Caters for all explosive and ammunition other than small arms ammunition. b) May be subdivided into rooms or small compartments as per regulations for storage of explosives.

10.

Explosive Store

76

c) Verandah or platform to be provided. d) Earth traverse or other safety arrangements as per technical regulations.

TABLE 15.II SCALES OF INSTRUCTIONAL ACCOMMODATION FOR INFANTRY UNITS S.N Description Of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale 60 Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

Instruction Room for Motars

a) Glass black board b) Raised platform c) Projection screen d) Tiered platform for seating e) Model platform or pit f) Dark room arrangements.

Accommodation listed at serials 1 to 8 is authorised for infantry mountain and parachute brigades, or stations as per the provisions given in chapter notes.

2.

Instruction Room for RCL Guns and Rocket Launchers. Instruction Room for Medium Machine Guns. Instruction Room for Infantry Pioneers.

72

- do -

3.

60

- do -

4.

37

a) Glass black board b) Raised platform. c) Projection screen.

5.

Radio Instruction Room Training Store

37

- do -

6.

30

Racking and shelving.

7. 8.

Sanitary Annexe 27 M Range

As required 1 No. a) Channel with winches and pulley for moving targets. b) Covered shed 55 SM. To be found from within the entitlement of station strength and located adjacent to instruction room at serial 2.

CHAPTER 16 ARMY SERVICE CORPS UNITS 16.I Specialised accommodation for the Army Service Corps units will be provided as given in this chapter. The scales for Depots and other ASC units such as Butcheries, Bakeries and Transportation Units are given in Tables 16.I to 16.VII. Offices and other than administrative accommodation will be provided as per authorised scales wherever the same are indicated in the Table of Scales. Telephone exchange room should be provided wherever internal telephone exchange is authorised. 16.2 The POL stocks may be held in bulk at discretion of the Director Supplies and Transports. The lay-out of bulk POL storage accommodation will be decided at the board stage taking into account the various technical considerations such as the lie of the ground, type of storage tanks (underground or semi buried or above ground), the number of batteries and the safety distance etc. A part of packed fuel stocks may be kept in open plinths at stations where extreme climatic conditions do not exist at the discretion of MGASC or BASC. 16.3 All storage sheds in supply depots should be provided with security grills and roller shutter type of doors. Separate rooms should preferably be provided for oil hydrogenated. The floors should be designed to withstand the loads imposed during storage. The floors in filling and decanting sheds should be in level with the loading and unloading platforms. Sheds with bagged supplies should be rat and bird proof. 16.4 Stores and POL filling sheds wherever possible should be served by railway sidings. Railway sidings, platforms and ramps will be provided on as required basis for direct loading and unloading of wagons, vehicles and trailers. Provision should be made for manual handling at the platforms. 16.5 Suitable security walls, fencing with perimeter lightings should be provided all round the depots and within other units on as required basis. Watch towers fitted with search lights, sentry posts and chowkidars huts will also be provided on as required basis. Maximum of one guard house should be provided in the POL depots. 16.6 For POL depots, the electric lighting including street lights should be flame proof type and should be provided on as required basis. POL storage sheds should be fitted with exhaust fans and lightning protection. Standby generator will be provided for fuel engine operated pumps, as required, which should also cater for the essential loads of security lighting.

TABLE 16.I SCALES OF AIR DESPATCH UNITS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) a) Built in long side Size 11.9Mx1.2M Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Parachute Packing Room for Number of Parachutes as indicated below :a) 250 b) 300 c) 350 d) 400 e) 450 f) 500

(4) b) Built in tables tables (One No each)

(5)

247 282 318 354 389 460

6 Nos M x 0.9 M 7 Nos M x 0.9 M 8 Nos 23.2 M x 0.9 M 9 Nos 25.8 M x 0.9 M 10 Nos M x 0.9 M 12 Nos M x 0.9 M

18.0

20.6

28.3

33.5

c) Shelf of size12.8 M x 1.1 M in each room. d) 10 Nos. anchor hooks fitted on two side walls in each room. 2. Parachute Room for Drying and Cleaning 116 Ceiling height 12.2 M For hanging 25 parachutes at a time.

3.

Packing Store Room a) Upto 50 Parachute b) Every 3 additional Parachute 46 Floor area may be sub-divided into various store rooms, each room to be 18 to 27 M apart for fire safety.

4.

Packed Store Room a) Upto 4000 Packs b) Every 100 additional Packs or fraction thereof. 56

0.5

5.

Storage Accommodation for Supply Dropping Equipment a) Upto 10,000 Sets 116 b) Every 100 additional sets

1 96 SM per air dispatch company 315 Accommodation will be provided for each air dispatch coy, divided into three blocks each of 105 SM, to be built adjacent to basic, fresh and necessary groups.

6.

Sorting Out Room for Fresh Vegetables and Abortive Stores Covered Accommodation for Packing / Storage of Supply Dropping Equipment and Food Stuff.

7.

TABLE 16.II SCALES OF ANIMAL TRANSPORT UNITS S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Mangers

(3) Width 0.60 M (Outer) Scale For Horses-1.4 M per horse in two separate compartments. For Mules - Running manger on both sides of covered accommodation with a passage in between.

(4)

(5)

2.

Watering Trough

One trough of 27 M for every 200 Mules.

Continuous running water supply. Wherever boiler is authorised to units.

3.

Boiling House a) Boiling Room b) Wood Store 7

4. 5.

Saddler Shop Carpenter Shop

9 5.60 SM per saddler 15 SM per AT Company

Note: Covered accommodation for animals, covered accommodation for sick animals, pharmacy, grain store, fodder preparation room, hay and bhoosa store, harness block (harness, saddle room and store room), forge and shoeing shop, animal loading ramps and urinals will be provided as per authorised scales.

TABLE 16.III SCALES OF BAKERIES S.N Description of Items 10000 (a) (3) 75 125 Floor Area (SM) / Scale Bakery Feeding Strength of 5000 (b) (4) 59 75 2500/ 3000 (c) (5) 50 50 1000 (d) (6) 25 25 To be fly proof 500 (e) (7) Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1. 2.

(2) Flour Store Kneading Room

(8)

(9)

50

3.

Scaling and Moulding Room Proving Room Oven Shed Bread Store

180

75 50

25

To be fly proof

4.

50

25

To be fly proof

5. 6.

216 134

125 67

63 50

50

25

33 7. Office 14 14 14 33 8. Yeast Room 25 25 16 Combined with flour store To be fly proof

9.

Store Room

50

25

Combined with flour store 12 10 Fitted with closets for each staff for keeping clothes, water taps and wash basins trough type at a scale of 10 per cent.

10.

Bakers Changing and Wash up Room

50

25

20

11. 12.

Toilets Ovens 9 Nos. 4 Nos.

4 per cent 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No Capacity of each oven will be 200 Kg except for feeding strength of 500 men which will be of 100 Kg.

13.

Covered Passage

Out of area additions.

TABLE 16.IV SCALES OF BUTCHERIES S.N Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Area for a Daily Output of 225-675Kg 676-1125Kg 11261575Kg (76-125 (126-175 (25-75 animals) animals) animals) (1) 1. (2) Covered Holding Shed (3) 0.465 SM per animal (4) a) 1.80 M high wall allaround. b) 3 M long water troughs with water tap to be provided as follows :25 - 75 animals 1 No. 76 - 125 animals 2 Nos. 126 175 animals 3 Nos. (5) a) Ceiling height 2.4 M. b) Well ventilated. c) Floor area will be calculated at scale for the number of animals required which will be based on the number of days for which the reserve has to be maintained permanently. a) 25 percent of the area will be covered. Covered accommodation may be increased to 50 percent of total area if climatic conditions so warrant. b) Floor area will be calculated for 3 days requirements. c) Well ventilated. d) Ceiling height 2.4 M. 3. Segregation Pen 0.465 SM per animal a) Same as serial 1 (a). b) Same as serial 1 (b). c) 1.80 M high wall with door in the middle of segregation pen for separating male / female animals. a) Covered accommodation b) Floor area will be calculated at the scale for 2 days requirements. c) Well ventilated. d) Ceiling height 2.4 M. a) Ceiling height 4.3 M b) To be divided into separate rooms for jhatka and halal meat. Special Facilities Planning Notes

2.

Shed for Holding Animals Tendered for Passing by the Contractor

0.465 SM per animal

-do-

4.

Slaughter Room

28

51

93

a) To be fly proof. b) Impervious or non absorbant floor and walls upto 1.4 M. c) One blood pit each

will be provided as follows :Capacity 25 - 75 animals 76 125 animals 126 175 animals Size 0.6M x 0.6 M 0.6M x 1.2 M 0.6M x 1.8 M

c) Separate slaughter room for poultry may be provided from within the authorised floor area.

d) Overhead runway and flying rail with two water taps having continuous running water. 5. Hanging Room 56 93 116 a) To be fly proof b) Impervious or nonabsorbant floor and walls up to 1.4 M. c) Ceiling fans 1400 mm sweep 2 Nos. d) Inspection table glazed top 250 750 Kg - 1 No. (1.5 M x 0.6 M) 7511250 Kg1 No. (2.3 M x 0.76 M) 12511750 Kg1No. (3.0 M x 0.76 M) e) Hanging rails with S hooks 250-750 Kg -75 Nos. hooks 7511250 Kg 125 Nos. hooks 1251 1750 Kg 150 Nos. hooks f) Offal rails with S hooks 250 750 Kg 60 Nos. hooks 751-1250 Kg - 100Nos hooks 1251 1750 Kg 150 Nos. hooks g) Weight bridge 1 No. h) Water taps as required. a) Ceiling height 4.3 M b) To be divided into separate rooms for Jhatka and halal meat.

6.

Condemned Meat and Offal Rooms

a) Water tap b) To be fly proof. c) Impervious or nonabsorbant floor & walls up to 1.4 M.

Ceiling height 3.70 M.

7.

Staff Rest Room Covered Passage

8.

Out of area additions

To be fly proof.

Ceiling height 3.70 M.

9.

Changing and Wash-up Room Toilet

10

12

13.5

Fitted with closets to keep clothes and washbasins trough type. Urinals will be provided in butcheries, 1 No for butchery with daily out put of 25 75 animals and, 2 Nos for butcheries with higher daily output.

10.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

11.

Laboratory cum office for Veterinary Officer Incinerator

13.7

13.7

13.7

With Verandah.

12.

1 No

1 No

1 No

TABLE 16.V SCALES OF MECHANICAL TRANSPORT UNITS S.N Description of Items (2) Oil Store Inspection Pits Floor Area (SM)/ Scale (3) 9 One per 36 vehicles excluding motor cycles. One per 36 vehicles excluding motor cycles. In addition to inspection pits located in workshop. Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1. 2.

(4)

(5)

3.

Ramps

Ramps of suitable size to be capable of taking two vehicles with separate approach on either side for ascent and descent. For MT companies having a HQ and 4 platoons. For MT companies only.

4.

MT Stores

48 SM per company

5.

Lecture Hall cum Demonstration Room Battery Charging Shop

128 SM per company

6.

As per scales.

Will be provided to those units only which are authorised static battery charging equipment. In tank transporter platoons one additional hard standing of size 107 M x 34 M with 2 M high ramp on either end of width will be provided.

7.

Hard standings

As per scales

8.

Sanitary Annexe

As required

Note :Garages for vehicles, repair bays, washing platforms, petrol store and lubricating oil stores will be provided as per scales.

TABLE 16.VI SCALES OF POL DEPOTS S.N Description Of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Sheds for Packed Stocks, other than Lubricants

(3) 375 SM per 100 KL

(4) Bottom ventilation and adequate openings all around will be provided for free air circulation.

(5) a) Based on 50 % stocks being held in 200 ltrs barrels and 50 % in 20 ltrs jerricans. b) Ceiling height 5.5 M. c) Doors 3 M wide.

2.

Sheds for Packed Stocks, Lubricants

400 SM per 100 KL

Bottom ventilation

a) Based on 100% stocks being held in barrels. b) Ceiling height 5.5 M. c) Doors 3 M wide.

3.

Sheds for Supplies Greases Hygienic Chemicals

Cased e.g. and

167 SM per 100 tonnes

Bottom ventilation

a) Ceiling height 5.5 M. b) Doors 3 M wide.

4.

Bulk Tanks POL Stocks

for

100 KL tankages for every 70 KL stocks to be held in bulk.

a) Pipelines including pipeline fittings. b) RTW or BPL filling and decanting points, container filling points, pump house and other BPI ancillaries will be provided on as required basis.

a) To be provided only for depots which are authorized to hold bulk stocks of POL. b) Number of tanks to be computed in terms of the nearest whole number.

5.

Empty Containers

POL

a) For Barrels (200 Ltrs) b) For Jerricans (20 Ltrs)

10 SM per 100 barrels 20 SM per 1000 jerricans

a) To be provided for authorized WMR containers and the containers required to hold 50 % of the authorized packed stock b) Ceiling height 5.5 M

6.

Container Workshop

Repair

As required

To be decided on individual merits. The gantry may have pipe line connections to handle more than one product handled in bulk by the depot.

7.

BPI Filling and Decanting Gantry

A covered BPL gantry capable of filling and decanting 4 BPLs at a time along with its traffic circuit for every 20 BPLs being received and dispatched per day. Every increment of gantry will be decided on individual

merits. 8. Container Sheds Filling

a) Upto four points or less b) Every additional point 9. Decanting Sheds a) POL Depots holding 1000 KL or below b) POL Depots holding over 1000 KL Open Stacking Plinths

170

40

72

May be provided in one or two sheds as required.

90

10.

375 SM per 100 KL

Plinth height should allow direct loading and unloading of vehicles and trailers

11.

Technical Stores

3 SM per tonne

12. 13. 14.

Sample Room Model Room Local Issue Platform

24 54 100

Shelving

15.

BPL Dipping Plinths M.I. Room

150

It should be provided for direct loading and unloading of vehicles and trailers. Separate plinths may be provided.

May be covered in areas of extreme climate conditions.

16.

As per scale

To be provided in depots commanded by Majors and above where existing facilities of M.I. rooms or hospitals can not be utilised. Electrified and fitted with ceiling fans as per scales authorised to ORs dining halls. Fitted with closets for each labourer to keep his clothes. Attached shower baths and wash basins trough type at a scale of 10 percent and WC, at a scale of 5 percent. This accommodation will cater for the requirements of labourers tiffin and smoking and changing rooms.

17.

Labourers Amenity Room

38 SM upto 100 labourers and 4 SM for every 25 additional labourers or part thereof.

18.

Bicycle Shed

0.84 SM per bicycle

To be provided maximum for 80 percent of the permanent labourer strength.

19.

Toilets

4 percent

To be provided also for labourers and other civilian staff employed by depot.

Note : The accommodation for R & D offices, group offices, central fire station, static water tanks, fire fighting equipment and water coolers will be provided as per authorised scales.

TABLE 16.VII SCALES OF SUPPLY DEPOTS S.N Description of Items Upto 400 Floor Area (SM) / Scale Holding of Supplies in Tonnes 401 to 800 801 to 1200 1201 to 1600 Every additional 100 tonnes increase in capacity (7) Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Covered Accommodation for Cased and Bagged Supplies.

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(8) a) Raised sloping platform of size 0.5 M x 3 M x 1 M as required and 1 M high glazed tiles on walls of oil hydrogenated room. b) One wall glass type black board of size 3 M x 1 M in each shed or room.

(9)

1.67 SM per tonne

2.

Sorting out and Layout Sheds for Fresh Supplies a) Sorting out shed b) Inspection Shed c) Layout and Issue Shed Issue Shed Dry Supplies R & D Inspection Shed and Office a) R & D Office As per scales b) Inspection Shed Dry Rations. 30 40 50 50 3

37

56

74

74

3.1

a) Terrazzo flooring in stack bins. b) 0.2 M high partition walls as required.

37

56

74

74

3.1

Will be located away from the rest of depot to avoid mixing of rejected stocks.

3. 4.

56 30

84 40

111 50

111 50

4.1 4.1

5.

Fumigation Chamber

1 No.

1 No.

2 Nos.

2 Nos.

a) Additional 1 No for higher capacity depots. b) Each fumigation chamber of 21 SM.

6.

Room for Match Safety

17

22

28

1.3

Increased area admissible only beyond 2400 tonnes capacity of depots. -do-

7.

Room for Costly Items Packing Material Shed a) Shed for tins

17

22

28

1.3

8.

45

45

56

70

4.5

b) Shed for bags (all types)

28

28

42

56

2.2

May be provided in two combined sheds as required. Increased area admissible only beyond 2400 tonnes capacity of depots. -do-

c) Shed for cases of sorts 9. Plinth for Sieving and Sun drying of Supplies

19

28

37

56

2.0

74

74

111

111

5.7

Increased area admissible only beyond 2400 tonnes capacity of depots. To be found out of total area calculated at serial 1 -do-

10.

Room for Storage Salt

1.67 SM per tonne

11.

Room for Storage Sugar Shed for Auctioned Stores 28 40

1.67 SM per tonne

12.

50

70

1.5

13.

One Room for Ice

14

14

0.7

a) 0.75 M high platform of size as required with serrated surface. b) Door width 3 M.

14.

Coal Bins

25.8 SM for every 40 tonnes

1 M wall height of bin.

a) Each bin to have adequate drainage for rain water. b) No of bins to be provided based on actual requirement or authorised holding of coal and coke.

15.

Segregation Room for Infested Stores Shed for Petrol, Oil, Greases and Lubricants a) Shed for petrol, oil, greases other than lubricants b) Shed for lubricants

17

19

22

28

1.3

16.

3.75 SM per 1 KL

To be provided only if POL group is part of supply depot.

4 SM per 1 KL c) Office As per scales 17 Shed for POL Packing Material a) Barrels (200 ltrs) b) Jerricans (20 ltrs) 18. Meat Issue Room 28 To be provided only if POL group is part of supply depot. 10 SM per 100 barrels

20 SM per 1000 jerricans 37 46 56 2.7 Accommodation authorised at serials 18 to 21 may be provided at Butchery if required.

19. 20.

One Room for Fish One Room for Chicken One Room for Egg Testing

9 9

9 9

14 14

22 22

0.9 0.9

21.

Additional 3 SM only for depots with holding capacity beyond 2400 tonnes.

22.

Room for Hygiene Chemicals

20

20

30

30

2.5

23.

Shed for Retail Issue Shop

For Dependent Payment Rations Strength Upto 500 500-1000 As per scales 9 14 18 Above 1000

Deep freezers of assessed capacity.

a) Office b) Cashiers Room c) Ration Issue Counter-Dry Supplies. d) Ration Issue Counter-Fresh Supplies e) Shed for storage of supplies including fuel. 19 f) Customers Waiting Room

28

37

50

28

37

50

37

46

14

21

24.

Labourers Amenity Room

38 SM upto 100 labourers and 4 SM for every 25 additional labourers or part thereof.

Electrified and fitted with ceiling fans as per scales authorised to ORs dining halls. Fitted with closets for each labourer to keep his clothes. Attached shower baths and wash basins trough type at a scale of 10 percent and WCs at a scale of 5 percent.

This accommodatio n will cater for the requirements of labourers tiffin, rest and changing room.

CHAPTER NO. 17 ARMY MEDICAL CORPS UNITS

17.1

Army Medical Corps provides medical services as well as assistance for health and hygiene to the troops.

17.2 Scales of specialised accommodation required for Field Ambulances, Corps Dental Units, Health Organizations. Medical Stores Depots, School and Hostel accommodation for Probationer Nurses are given in the Tables 17.I to 17.V. Accommodation for Medical Inspection rooms wherever authorised will be provided as per scales laid down. Scales for hospitals are given in a separate publication. 17.3 Office accommodation, other than administrative offices, will be provided wherever indicted in the Table of Scales. Office accommodation in medical depots for the authorised technical and clerical staff required to work in the accommodation for storage, receipt, packing and dispatch, should be provided as per authorized scales, in addition to the areas indicated in the Table of such accommodation. Suitable sliding doors, with sloping ramps and corridors for movement of trolleys will be provided in the storage sheds as required. 17.4 Telephone exchange room should be provided wherever internal telephone exchange is authorised. Railway siding with platforms and ramps will be provided as required. 17.5 All storage accommodation should be provided with security grills or bars. Suitable security walls or fencing with perimeter lighting will be provided all around the medical depots. Accommodation for central fire station and static water tanks will be provided as per authorised scales.

TABLE 17.I SCALES OF ARMED FORCES/ADVANCED AND FORWARD MEDICAL STORES DEPOTS (AFMSD/AMSD/FMSD) S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale AFMSD AMSD FMSD Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Bulk Storage

(3)

(4) 3.72 SM per tonne

(5)

(6)

(7) a) To be divided into separate stores for Groups I to V. b) Separate room to be provided for rubber items and reserve stores.

2. 3.

Cold Storage Cool Storage

1100 To be found out of authorisation of cold storage area.

33 79

22 56 Temperature control as per technical storage needs. May be divided into two rooms as required.

4. 5.

Receipt Section Repair & Salvage Section

2325 Combined with serial 4. 1395

139 74

56 -

6.

Central Packing Section

93

32

Raised platform for packing

7.

Dispatch Section

To be found out of authorised area for serial 6. 279

46

16

8.

Tradesmen Shop and Crated Box Room Strong Room

46

20

9.

93

11

Double doors with outer door of iron bars.

10. 11.

Acid Room Gas Cylinders Room

93 372

33 46

11 20 a) Verandah on both sides. b) Exhaust fans c) False ceiling To meet the requirement as per Factories Act.

12.

Inflammable Stores Room Stores Preservation Room Sanitary Annexe Workshop for Asst Technical Engineer Officer Technical Training Room Technical Library

186

46

13.

56

14

14. 15.

4% 37

4% -

4% -

16.

37

Glass black board

17.

37

18.

Room for Duty Officer Room for Duty JCO Gate Office with search Cubicles

15

19.

13

20.

50

21.

Labourers Amenity Room

38 SM upto 100 labourers and 4 SM for every 25 additional labourers or part thereof.

Electrified and fitted with ceiling fans as per scales authorised to ORs dining halls. Fitted with closets for each labourer to keep his clothes. Attached shower baths and wash basins trough type with water taps at the scale of 10 percent, WCs at the scale of 5 percent and Urinals at the scale of 4 percent.

a) This accommodate-ion will cater for the requirements of labourers canteen, changing and tiffin and rest rooms. b) Sanitary blocks will be built separately for male and female workers.

22.

Health Centre for families Bicycle Shed

46

23.

0.84 per bicycle

To be provided maximum for 80 percent of the permanent labourer strength. As authorised As authorised To be provided only where blood transfusion section is authorised to AMSD and FMSD.

24.

Accommodation for Blood Transfusion Section comprising of : a) Reception Room

15 SM b) Medical Screening Room 11 SM c) Bleeding Room d) Recovery Room e) Laboratory 14 SM f) Blood Storage Room 15 SM g) Toilet 15 SM To be airconditioned -do17 SM To be airconditioned

1 No.

TABLE 17.II SCALES OF CORPS OF DENTAL UNITS S.N. Description of Items (2) Dental Surgery Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) 17 per dental chair Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(4) a) Wash hand basin b) Terrazo flooring c) Emulsion paint on walls.

(5)

2.

Recovery Room

11.00

a) Terrazo flooring b) Emulsion paint on walls.

3.

Room for Dental Hygienist

19.5

a) Wash hand basin b) Terrazo flooring c) Emulsion paint on walls.

Includes office area for the dental hygienist.

4.

Store Room

16.7

5.

Waiting Room

33.5

a) With attached toilet - 1 No. b) May be divided into suitable rooms.

6.

Office for Dental Officer Processing Room for Dental X-Ray Plaster Room

As per scale

7.

5.6

8.

7.4

9.

Dental Mechanics Laboratory Casting and Processing Room Packing and Issuing Room Dental Stores

15.00

10.

13.00

11.

7.4

12.

9.0

TABLE 17.III SCALES OF FIELD AMBULANCES

S.N.

Description of Items (2) Medical Stores (6 Nos.) Gas Cylinders Store Tentage Store General Store Patients Store Medical Room Clothing

Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) 17.5 each

Special Facilitie s

Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(4) Refrigerators 2 Nos. 300 ltrs each, for drugs storage.

(5)

2.

14

3. 4. 5.

17.5 20.5 14

6.

Training

56

Glass black board

7.

Accommodation for Dental Sections a) Dental Surgery 17 b) Recovery Room c) Room for Dental Hygienist d) Store Room e) Waiting Room 7.5 With attached toilet. 11.2 11 Wash hand basin

13.2

Wash hand basin

Includes office area for the dental hygienist.

TABLE 17.IV SCALES OF FIELD AND STATION HEALTH ORGANISATIONS (FHOs/SHOs) S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale FHO/ SHO (Large) (3) 15.5 SHO (Medium) (4) 12 SHO (Small) (5) 10 (6) (7) Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Office for Health Inspector, Health Superintendent and Sanitary Assistant. Laboratory Museum Lecture Hall

2. 3. 4.

12 84 56

12 84 37

12 84 37

Sink

a) Raised platform b) Glass Black board

5.

Hygiene Chemicals Store POL Stores and DDT Preparation Room

46

28

22

6.

46

28

22

Covered verandah

7. 8.

Tin-smith Shop Changing and Washup Room

11 19

11 17

17 a) Closets b) Wash hand basin For FHOs 10 SM only.

9.

Demonstration Open Area

840

840

840

Sufficient open passages.

TABLE 17.V SCALES OF SCHOOL AND HOSTEL FOR PROBATIONER NURSES S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) for Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Accommodation School :-

(6)

(7)

a) Lecture-cum-Teaching Hall

140

a) Raised platform b) Glass black board

b) Tutorial Class Room

46

Glass black board

c) Demonstration Room

56

-do-

d) Cookery Room e) Library f) Science Laboratory

37 56 56

-doa) Glass black board b) Sinks as required

g) Museum

56

h) Office for Sister Tutor

13.6

j) Clerk-cum-Record Room k) Store Room l) Film Stocking Room

As per scale

Racking

28 17

Shelving -

m) Toilets

4%

2.

Accommodation Hostels :a) Living Room

for

With Verandah 7.4 per student Three seater rooms

(i) First Year students (ii) Second Year Student (iii) Third Year students b) Baths

8.4 per student

Two seater rooms

9.3 per student

Single room

1 No per four students c) WCs 1 No per four students d) Common Room 74 Area includes space for indoor games, library and common sitting room. Room also cater for telephone and enquiry Office.

e) Visitors Room 21 f) Cleaners Room g) Mess Accommodation h) Washing and Ironing Room 5 3.7 per student

Includes kitchen pantry also. Power points 2 Nos. -

and

14 SM per hostel

CHAPTER NO. 18 ORDNANCE UNITS

18.1

Scales of specialised accommodation in respect of Ordnance Depots and units are given in Table 18.I.

18.2 Office accommodation for technical staff, such as store men, etc should be provided as per authorized scales and may be built as part of the storage accommodation complex. For personnel employed in technical branches in depots, as indicated in the note to the Table, office accommodation will be provided as per scales applicable to technical staff. 18.3 Bulk storage sheds as well as sheds for complete guns, vehicles and equipments should generally be designed as large sheds with dimensions as per actual requirement. Separate storage sheds should be provided for oils, paints, chemicals and industrial gases. Roller or shutter doors of appropriate height and width will be provided to permit easy entry and exit of vehicles on as required basis. 18.4 Clear height of storage shed should be planned to give a minimum 1 M clearance above store height. Where mechanical handling equipment is to be used, over-all clear height should normally be 6 M and, where this equipment is not used it should not be less than 4 M. While deciding the clear height, consideration be also given to use of gantry or EOT cranes. Gantry and EOT crane may be provided for heavy lift items wherever justified. 18.5 The floors should have hardened surface and be designed to meet the load requirements. Specific environmental requirements pertaining to dust and humidity will be treated as special. 18.6 Open plinths may be constructed for salvage stores. Covered sheds may be provided for valuable and retrievable salvage stores only. Similarly, for ammunition depots and companies, covered accommodation for returned empty cartridges and shell cases may also be provided at the scales for salvage stores. 18.7
Storage accommodation should have adequate vehicular access from the main entrance. Hard standing for receipt and issue area should be provided for parking and turning large vehicles. Adequate hard standing for vehicles should also be provided outside the main gate for the assessed number of vehicles visiting the depots for collection of stores.

18.8 Air-conditioned accommodation for storage of missiles, secondary batteries, rubberized items and optical equipment as also deep freeze stores for dry batteries and cells are authorised if technical requirements justify. 18.9 Railway sidings, platforms and ramps including provision for overhead cover will be provided for storage sheds on as required basis for direct loading and unloading of wagons and vehicles. 18.10 In ammunition depots and companies, the accommodation for ammunition repair workshop and laboratory, proof yard and demolition facility will be provided in accordance with the technical regulations as applicable. 18.11 Accommodation for telex and computer terminals, wherever authorized, should be provided as per the technical requirements. 18.12 Suitable security walls and fencing with perimeter lights should be provided all around the depots as well as inside,
where necessary, on as required basis. Adequate watch towers fitted with swivelling search lights and sentry posts will also be provided. Guard room may be provided at scales as applicable for depots. Living accommodation for the dispersed guards and chowkidars will be provided as per scales of single living accommodation for other ranks.

TABLE 18.I SCALES FOR ORDNANCE DEPOTS/INSTALLATIONS S.N. Description of Items CODs / ODs Floor Area (SM) / Scale ABODs/ FODs / Other Units (4) CADs/ ADs/ FADs / Amn Coys / Other Units (5) (6) (7) Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Bulk Storage Sheds (SM per tonne) a) General Stores b) Clothing Stores c) Armament and Engineer Equipment Stores

(3)

3.25

4.50

4.10

7.00

3.35

4.50

a) Scales for ABODs and FOD is applicable for a maximum overall holding of 5000 tonnes. In case of excess holdings beyond 5000 tonnes, scales as given for CODs or ODs shall apply. b) For such equipment and weapons which can be stacked one above the other, a single plan area shall be taken to meet the requirement of all items in one stack. c) For timber, only open hard standing will be provided.

d) Tele communication and Electronic Stores e) MT Stores f) Weapons, Guns and Equipment

2.00

4.50

2.50

3.00

Twice the plan area of respective gun and equipment.

g) Vehicles

As per scales

h) Salvage Stores 2. Bulk Storage Sheds for Ammunition (SM per tonne) a) Upto 100 mm calibre b) Above 100 mm calibre c) Missiles

3.25

3.25

3.25

2.00

2.75

As required

Water storage tank of size 3 SM with 1 M depth for WP ammunition1 No.

3.

Receipt and Issue Sheds

3 per cent of uthoriz ed floor area under serial -1

5 per cent of uthorize d floor area under serial -1

3 per cent of authorized floor area under serial 2

May be suitably sub-divided as per functional requirements.

4.

A-in-U Stores

18.6 SM per Sub Depot or Group

Ser 4 and 5 may be co-located for each Sub Depot or Group

5.

Workshop Accommodation a) Artificers of Wksps in RSSD and ESG.

Floor Area = a + k (N n)--------

Where a is basic minimum area n is number of tradesmen of the particular trade who can operate in area a N is total number of tradesmen of the particular trade working in the shop as a whole k is increase in area per tradesmen. Note: If N is less than n, area of the shop will be taken equal to a Value of the above symbols for various trades are given below : Minimum area auth. a (SM)

No of tradesmen n who can work in area a 2

Shop

Black Smith, Tin & Copper Smith, Hammer Man and Moulders Welder Carpenter, Sawyer, Saw Mach operator Painter, Pattern Maker and Polisher Upholsterer, Bootmaker, Leather Sticher, Tent Mender, Wiever and Tailor

23

23 56

2 4

46

23

Increase in area (SM) per tradesman for establishment over n 4.6 5.6 9 9 4.6

OTRP Machine Shop, Turner, Fitter Bench, Fitter MV, Instrument Mech, Armourer and Veh Mech

18.6 28

1 3

4.6 7

b) Other Artificers

Electrician

23

3.7

5.6 per Artificer 6. Accommodation for Preservation Bond Room 2 percent of total storage area authorised at serial 1. Dipping tanks

7.

As required

To be found out of total area authorisation of depots. 100

8.

Sample Cum Model Room Central Registry

300

150

9.

2.7 per clerk

Authorised in addition to normal office accommo- dation entitlement. 7.5 a) Double doors, outer door being of iron bars. b) Cash counter with iron grills or bars. c) Inbuilt safe. a) Double doors, outer door being of iron bars. b) Inbuilt steel almirah. a) Authorised only for depots.

10.

Cash Room

7.5

7.5

b) Authorised in addition to normal office accommo-dation entitlements.

11.

Unit Location Cell

10

10

10

12.

Bradma Machine Room

9.3 for first machine

a) For every additional machine 6 SM b) To be provided only where such machines are authorized.

13.

Conference Room

2 SM per officer

Authorised for 50 percent strength of officers for depots only. Attached toilet

14.

Orderly Officers Room

13.5 per depot

15.

Orderly JCOs / Room Orderly NCOs Room

11

11

11

16.

11

11

11

Common toilet to be provided for Ser No 15 and 16.

17.

Time Keepers Office

7.5 per Sub Depot

18.

Escorts Waiting Room

17

17

17

19.

Battery Charging Shop

As per scale

Authorised only for depots and units stocking and issuing vehicle batteries. 10 Counters for every 2000 personnel.

20.

Ticket Board Shelter for Industrial Personnel Gate Keepers Office

20 per Sub Depot

21.

9 per entry gate

22.

Rigorous Search Rooms (6 SM each)

2 Nos.

2 Nos.

2 Nos.

a) One room each to be provided at entry gate and mustering in gate for industrial person b) Wherever female workers are employed, 2 Nos additional rooms may be provided. (c) One room for each additional entry gate.

23.

Electric Siren

1 No per 6 Sq KM

24.

Accommodation for Telephone Exchange a) Switch Board Room b) Battery Charging Room c) Store Room 6.0 d) Retiring Room 8.4 8.4 8.4 6.0 6.0 18.6 18.6 18.6

a) To be provided only where P & T Telephone Exchange is authorized b) For automatic telephone exchange, wherever authorised, accommodat-ion may be provided to suit technical requirement

9.3

9.3

9.3

25.

Accommodation for Civil Post Office a) Post Office 46.5 b) Store Room 6.0 6.0 6.0 46.5 46.5

Counter and service windows as required.

a) Authorised only for Depot where a civil post office is to be established by the P & T Dept. b) Toilet without bath.

26.

Workers Amenity Room

38 SM upto 100 industrial workers and 4 SM for every 25 additional workers or part thereof.

Electrified and fitted with ceiling fans as per scales authorised to OR dining halls. Fitted with closets for each worker to keep his clothes. Attached shower baths and wash basins trough type at a scale of 10 percent and WCs at a scale of 5 percent.

This accommodation will cater for the requirements of workers tiffin, rest and changing room.

27.

Covered Washing Centres Vehicle Inspection Pit

Ablution taps at 4 percent.

2.2 SM area for tap.

28.

1 No per entry gate

29.

Bicycle and Scooter Sheds

0.84 per bicycle 2.0 per Scooter

30.

Small Arms Range-100 M

1 No.

Authorised only for Ammunition Depot and companies.

Note : 1. scale. 2. (a) (b) Accommodation for Visitors Room, Fire Stations, Static Water Tanks and Incinerators will be provided as per

Accommodation as per scales for technical staff is to be provided in the following: Control Branch Unit pad registry and amendment section. PC & P section, review section and dues in progressing section. (c) (d) (e) Accounts Branch Sub Depots Vehicle Depots Ledger section and filling section. Dues out control section.

Provision Branch -

Log book and VMR section.

CHAPTER NO. 19 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERS UNITS

19.1 Corps of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers has a variety of units which carry out repair and maintenance of all weapons, vehicles and equipment. In different echelons, classified under light, field and base repair. Depending upon the roles, the units are designated as base, field and light repair workshops. 19.2 Scales for field and light repair workshops are given in Table 19.I. Scales for base repair workshops will be treated as special works. 19.3 Industrial type buildings with north lighting will be provided for main shops, armament and radar shops, for field repair of vehicles and mobile engineering equipment. Normal construction will be provided in main shops for light repairs of vehicles and mobile engineering equipment. Sizes of doors and height of shops will be sufficient to permit easy entry and exit of vehicles and equipment. The height of the shops where cranes are to be installed shall be decided such that clear lift heights of 6 M and 7.5 M are available for cranes upto 2 tonnes capacity and for cranes of higher capacities respectively. Roller shutter type doors will be provided in all main shops, armament and radar shops and stores sections. 19.4 The floors will be designed to withstand the loads likely to be imposed in various workshops and hard standings. Dust proofing will be provided in the shops as specified to meet the technical requirements of the equipment. 19.5 Iron bars on windows and ventilators will be provided in small arms component, stores section and in tool and expense stores. A security door will be provided in small arms component. Suitable security fencing will be provided all around the workshops.

TABLE NO. 19.I SCALES OF EME LIGHT AND FIELD REPAIR WORKSHOPS

S.N. 1.

Description of Items Main shop for Repair of A Vehicles (including Mobile Engineer Eqpt) and B Vehicles.

Floor Area (SM) / Scale Light and Field Repair Workshops Floor area will be calculated as per formula L x RT x S D Where L number of vehicles or equipment on maintenance charge. RT repair time per vehicle in number of days in a year, as per values given below: A Vehs or Mob Engr eqpt Type of Repair

Special Facilities

Planning Notes a) In the case of main shop for B vehicles, wherever floor area exceeds 929 SM, a 10 percent cut on the calculated area will be made, subject to the area being not reduced below 929 SM. b) Floor area of intermediate field repair workshops will be assessed as under: No. of Veh/Eqpt Mechs authorised for Intermediate Workshops x No of Veh or Eqpt Mechs authorised in Affiliated Field Workshop. Calculated floor area of Affiliated Field workshop.

Light Field Combined (Light & Field)

10 24 28

S = standing per vehicle or equipment as per values given below :A Vehs or Mob Engr eqpt 84 SM B Vehs or Trailers Specialist 4 wheeled 42 SM Trailers specialist 18.6 SM 2 Wheeled Trailers GS 9.3 SM Motor cycles 9.3 SM D= 365 days in a year 2. Inspection Pits in Main Shop a) Industrial type building 2 per bay. b) Garage type repair bays 2 per shop, i.e. A Veh, B Veh, Engr Eqpt Repair shop. a) Covering facility when not in use. b) Two built-in shelves each 0.45 M x 0.3 M x 0.3 M. c) Floor sump. 3. Fuel Injection Equipment Room Armament and Radar Component Shops Out of area of main shop at serial 1. To be dust-proof and airconditioned.

B Vehs 8 18 18

A room of 28 SM will be provided.

4.

1. Armament a) Number of standings = Number of tradesmen 2 Recuperator Room to be dustproof and airIn armament and radar shops, fraction of a

b) Standing per equipment (i) Medium guns - 149 SM (130mm/5.5 in) (ii) Field guns - 93 SM (100 mm/1051FG, 25 Pdr) (iii) Mountain guns, light guns and tank guns c) Recuperator Room 2. Radar a) Number = of Standings b) Standing = per eqpt Radar P 15 Radar P 15 No of trades men 4 Existing Radars except 93 SM 100 SM - 56 SM

conditioned.

standing equivalent to or more than 0.5 will be treated as one standing.

- 28 SM a) In radar shop, rooms of 34 SM each to be airconditioned in analog computer room, radar circuit testing room and test room for gun control eqpt. b) For shops of P 15 radar, a minimum of 10M ceiling height will be provided. a) Instrument, telecom and missile shop to be dust-proof and air conditioned. b) In field repair workshops for testing and repairing IR devices, an area of 28 SM of the Instrument or telecommunication shop will be a dark room. Standing and height of shops for new radars will be provided on as required basis.

5.

Specialist shops Telecommunic ation, instrument, Small Arms, Refrigeration, Missile and Electro Medical Equipment Shop.

Floor area of any particular component = a + k (N-n), where a is basic minimum area n is number of tradesmen who can operate in area a N is total number of tradesmen of the trade concerned. k is increase in area per tradesman Note: If N is less than n floor area will be a

Values of above symbols for the respective trades are given below: Increase in area (SM) per tradesmen for establishment over n 4.5 4.5 9

Small arms Refrigeration Telecom, Instruments Missile and Electro Medical Equipment

23 28

28

No. of tradesmen who can operate in area a 2 2 3

Specialist Component

Min area auth. a (SM)

6.

Ancillary Shops (less Battery Charging Shop)

Area of Ancillary Shop = a + k (N-n) Where, a is basic minimum area, n is number of tradesmen of the particular trade who can operate in area a. N is total number of tradesmen of the particular trade working in the shop as a whole. k is increase in area per tradesman. Note : If N is less than n, area of the shop will be taken equal to a. Values of the above symbols for various trades are given below: No. of tradesmen who can work in area a Increase in area (SM) per tradesmen for establishment over n

Hot ancillaries and OTRP will be provided cement water tanks of size 1.2 M x 1.2 M x 0.5 M with base at floor level.

Metal-smith Welders Carpenters Painter Upholsterer OTRP Machine shop or Turners Electricians 7. Battery Charging Shop As per scales

Ancillary Shop

Min area auth. a (SM)

For shops of welders and machinists and turners where vehicle or trailer mounted welding equipment or machinery lorry or trailers are authorised, the floor area will be calculated at 56 SM per machinery or welding truck or trailer. No separate or additional covered accommodation will be provided for the welder, machinists, turners and for garaging the above vehicles.

23 23 56 46 23 18.6 28 23

2 2 4 3 2 1 3 3

4.6 5.6 9 9 4.6 4.6 7 3.7 Will be provided in field repair workshops only. Cranes will be provided in field repair workshops only.

8.

Cranage Electric Overhead Travelling Cranes Type of Shop a) A Vehicles 1 x 10 or 15 tonnes (depending upon the type of AFV maintained) b) Mobile Engineer Equipment 1 x 5 tonnes

To be provided in workshops maintaining mobile engineer equipment and B Vehicles or mobile engineer equipment only.

c) B Vehicles

1 x 2 tonnes

Will not be provided in FRI (armoured regiment) and plant workshop company. To be provided only where radar shop is located separately. To be provided only where armament shop is located in a separate bay. a) Vertical shelving with cat walk. b) Servicing hatches with 0.5 M wide ledges will be provided in the XPM partition between main shop and the technical stores. Servicing hatches a) Store rooms for paint, acid and gas will be provided in a separate building. b) Paint store will not be provided for light repair workshops.

d) Radar

1 x 2 tonnes

e) Armament

1 x 2 or 5 tonnes (depending upon the type of guns maintained)

9.

Stores Section (to include Technical Stores, Paint, Acid and Gas Stores)

Floor area = 15% of main shop area

10.

Tool and Expense Stores a) Floor area for Tools b) Technical Staff c) Expense Stores

0.5 SM per artisan for 40% of sanctioned establishment. As per authorised scales (i.e. 5.5 SM per staff) 2% of total floor area of all shops.

a) Floor area will be the sum of floor areas for tools technical staff and expense stores. b) Floor areas to be minimum 19 SM and maximum 111 SM.

11.

R and I Office a) Field Repair Wksps at Corps level, Maintaining both A & B Vehs, Maintaining Armament and A or B Vehs of more than one unit and Station Wksps Type K and above. b) Field Repair Wksps maintaining more than one unit, Maintaining Armament and Vehs of one unit and Station

40

Will not be provided in FRI (Armoured Regiment).

30

Workshops Type H & J

c) Field Repair Wksps maintaining one unit and Station Wksp Type G. d) Field Repair Wksp Sections, Station Wksp Type A to F and Light Repair Wksps. 12. Servicing Bay

20

15

41.40

Shed with one ramp

To be provided in the R & I area of Armoured, Artillery Static Workshops and Station Wksps above Type J.

13.

Hard Standing in R & I Area (To include hard standings for A and B Vehicles, Armament and Radars).

Floor area will be calculated as per formula: L x S x 1.5 100 Where, L = number of vehicles or equipment on maintenance charge. S = standing per vehicle and equipment as for main shop of A and B Vehicles, Armament and Radars. Subject to minimum area of hard standing for A vehicles for workshops indicated below: Workshop Min Size (SM) FRI (Armd Regt) and 139 Indep Fd Wksp (AD) group SP) LRW (Armd Regt) 111 LRW (HQ Armd Div, Armd Bde and Indep Armd Bde) 1 No. 84 a) Will not be provided for FRI (Armoured Regiments). b) Ramps should have separate approach on either side for ascent and descent. 2 Nos.

14.

Ramps in R & I Area a) Field Repair Workshops Maintaining B Vehicles of Single Units and Station Workshops Type A to G. b) Field Repair Workshops Maintaining B Vehicles and Radars of

Single Units, all other Field Repair Workshops and Station Workshops Type H and above. 15. Washing Platform in R and I Area. a) Field Repair Workshops Maintaining A Vehs / Mob Engr Eqpt and B Vehs. b) Field Repair Workshops Maintaining B Vehicles. 16. Hard Standing for Shops and Store Sections a) In Dispersed Location :(i) A and C Vehicles Shops 12 M wide on two sides along the length. (ii) B Vehicles Shops (iii) Stores Section (iv) Specia -list Shops/ Components. (v) Ancill -ary Shops b) In Buildings of Integrated Type (i) Units Repairing A Vehs besides B Vehs. (ii) Units Repairing B Vehs only. 17. Technical Training Lecture Room For Field Size 45 SM Scale Will not be provided for FRI (Armoured Regiment).

2 Nos.

1 No.

7.6 M wide on two sides along the length.

6 M wide in front and 3.6 M wide along the width on either side. 6 M wide in front along the length

7.6 M wide in front along the length.

12 M wide along the length on both sides and 7.6 M wide along the width on both sides.

7.6 M wide all around the building. a) May be suitably sub-divided to meet the functional requirements.

Repair Wksps having Establish-ment of Technical Tradesmen as under : a) Upto 30 b) Between 31 and 50 c) Between 51 and 75 d) Between 76 and 125 e) Between 126 and 175 f) Above 175

b) Will not be provided in FRI (Armoured Regiment).

19 28

37

46

56

93 18. Technical Library a) Field Repair Wksps at Corps level, Maintaining both A & B Vehs, Maintaining Armament and B Vehs of more than one Unit and Station Wksps Type K and above. b) Field Repair Wksps Maintaining more than one Units, Maintaining Armament and B Vehs of one Unit and Station Wksps Type D to J. c) Field Repair Wksps Maintaining one Unit, Station Wksps Type A to C and Light Repair Wksps. 19. Gate Office a) Wksps Maintaining both A Vehs/ 28 Will not be provided in FRI (Armoured Regiment).

21

15

Floor area 9.3 SM each Scale 2

To be provided in Field Repair Wksps only except FRI (Armoured Regiment).

Mob Engr. eqpt and B Vehs. b) Other Wksps 1

CHAPTER NO. 20 REMOUNT VETERINARY CORPS UNITS

20.1 Specialised accommodation for Field Veterinary Laboratories, Veterinary Hospital, Mobile Veterinary Sections and Unit Sick Lines will be provided as per Tables 20.I and 20.II. 20.2 For veterinary hospitals providing cover to army dogs, accommodation for dogs comprising of dog rooms with verandah, courtyard and central covered passage will be provided as per authorised scales for 5 percent of dependent dogs.

TABLE NO. 20.I SCALES OF FIELD VETERINARY LABORATORIES S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale 14 8 Special Facilities Planning Notes

1. 2. 3.

Forage Store Grain Store Laboratory Building: a) Main Room

84

a) Glazed tiled top work bench on two sides. b) Tile dado on walls upto window sill. c) Inbuilt cupboards and covered shelves. d) Wash hand basins and sinks with running water supply.

May be subdivided into two portions.

b) Media Room c) Sterilisation Room d) Washing Room e) Chemical Store Room f) Packing Room 4. Experimental House : a) Boxes for Horses (15.6 SM each) b) Guinea Pigs

21 21 21 21 28

-do-do-

3 Nos.

11

Additional wire netting enclosure of size 11 SM. -do -do -

c) Rabbits d) White Rats and Mice e) Pigeons

11 11

11 f) Experimental Boxes (16 SM each) 4 Nos.

- Do a) To be fly proof. b) Double doors.

TABLE NO. 20.II SCALES OF VETERINARY HOSPITALS, MOBILE VETERINARY SECTIONS AND UNIT SICK LINES S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Veterinary Hospitals Class I/ Adv Fd Vet Hosp Class II/ Mob Vet Section Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Stalls Veterinary

(3) (4) (5) 10.4 per animal for 5 percent of dependent animals

Class III

(6) a) Tethering ring. b) Mangers of following dimensions:Inner width 0.45 M Depth - 0.3 M Height : Rear wall - 1.0 M Front Curb - 0.75M Scales : Horse - 1.4 M per horse in two separate compartments Mules - running manger c) Water point with running water in one end stall to serve as irrigation stand.

(7) a) Also authorised for unit sick lines. b) Floor area of stall to be clear of manger and exclusive of passages.

2.

Loose Boxes Ordinary

Horse or Pony or Mule MA - 15.6 each Mules GS - 13.4

a) Authorised for 1 per cent of dependent animals. b) Also authorised for unit sick lines.

3.

Loose Boxes (Colic) (18 SM each)

2 Nos.

1 No.

1 No.

a) Ceiling height 4 M b) Well ventilated. c) Wooden walls d) Unpaved floor

a) May be circular box. b) 1 No. also authorised for unit sick lines.

4.

Loose Boxes (Sling) (15.6 SM each)

2 Nos.

1 No.

1 No.

a) Slinging bar with hook. b) Water point with running water in one

loose box to serve as irrigation stand 5. Isolation Boxes (18.5 SM each) 2 Nos. 1 No 1 No a) Mangers as per serial 1. b) Tethering ring 6. Stores for Isolation Boxes (3.2 SM each) Attendants Room 2 Nos. 1 No 1 No To be provided in verandah of isolation box. a) Authorised for attendant of animals in isolation boxes. b) Attached sanitary annexe. 8. Watering Trough 13.5 per 100 animals a) 3 M wide non-slip type floor all around. b) Continuous running water supply. 9. Open Standing Mules MA 3 M x 2.1 M Mules GS 3 M x 1.7 M a) Mangers b) Tethering ring. a) Authorised for 5 percent dependent animals.

7.

10

b) Area authorised is clear of mangers. c) Also authorised for unit sick lines. 10. Accommodation for Pharmacy Complex: a) Office 14 11 11 a) Shelving b) Wash hand basin a) 11 SM also authorised for unit sick lines. b) No separate office will be provided for the officer incharge pharmacy. b) Pharmacy 20 19 9 a) Shelving b) Sink c) Open Treatment Shed 24 SM authorised for unit sick lines also. 9 SM authorised for unit sick lines also.

24

24

24

a) Crush with leather paddings b) Tethering ring c) Shelf with terrazzo top, sink and geyser in an

enclosed portion. d) Duty Room 12 e) Store Room f) Drug Store 9 9 9 b) Double door with outer door of iron bars. 11. 12. Forage Store Boiling House a) Boiling Room 7 b) Expense Grain Store 9 c) Wood Store 9 13. Liberty Paddock 4186 9 1500 9 500 9 9 7 7 38 25 19 19 10 14 10 10 Racking and shelving a) Shelving

Attached toilet.

Floor area caters for two boilers.

a) To be enclosed b) May be divided into two portions, if required.

14.

Operation Theatre:a) Preparation Room

16

16

16

a) Stock b) To be fly proof c) Wash hand basin d) Power points

Connecting passage with operation theatre.

b) Operation Theatre

58

58

58

a) Operation pit with wooden floor of size 16 SM. b) Tethering rings. c) Sinks with running water supply. d) Inbuilt cupboard. e) Water tap - 1 No.

15.

Sterilisation Room

21

21

21

16.

Post Mortem Installation

30

30

30

a) To be fly proof b) Sink with running water supply. c) Inbuilt cupboard. d) Water tap 1 No.

To be provided only where sterilisation eqpt. (autoclave) is authorised. -

17.

Stock

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

May be covered where justified.

18.

Laboratory

20

20

20

a) To be fly proof b) 0.75 M wide glazed tiled top work bench on two sides. c) Tile dado on walls upto window sill. d) Inbuilt cupboards and covered shelves. e) Wash hand basin and sink.

19.

X-Ray Block: a) X-Ray plant Room 58 SM each Non-slip type floor

To be provided in such hospitals only where X-ray unit is authorised. To be connected to X-Ray plant room with a hatch or window.

b) Films and Chemicals Store c) Dark Room

9 SM each

a) Shelving b) Inbuilt cupboards

6 SM each

a) Exhaust fan b) Power point

20.

Physiothe-rapy Room

30 SM each

a) Non-slip type floor b) Power points

21.

Ramp for Loading and Unloading Animals.

1 No

1 No

1 No

a) Height 1 M b) Width 2 M c) Side railing

To be provided in such hospitals only where physiotherapy eqpt is authorised. -

Note : Garages for ambulances and incinerators shall be provided as per authorised scales.

CHAPTER NO. 21 MILITARY FARMS AND DEPOTS 21.1 Specialised accommodation for the Military Farms and Depots will be provided as given in Table 21.I.

21.2 Office accommodation, other than administrative offices, will be provided wherever indicated in the Table. Office accommodation for the authorised technical and clerical staff required to work in various stores, etc should be provided as per authorised scales except for those where specific scales are indicated. 21.3 Covered shed type construction with good ventilation will be provided for cattle sheds, bull houses and calf houses. ISI standards will be followed and the design and specifications in respect of floors, paving, mangers, drains and gates pertaining to the accommodation for cattle. Sloping roofs normally provided for sheds should be adopted with height in accordance with local climatic conditions. Eaves should have a projection of 0.6 M and a height of 2.2 M above ground level. Mangers will be provided as part of cattle sheds, bull houses and calf houses. In addition, mangers will be provided on a required basis in calving lines, sick lines and segregation lines. 21.4 Floors and drains should be given appropriate slope to ensure proper drainage of water. All drains should be 0.3 M wide with a saucer shaped bottom. Suitable area drainage should be ensured in all paddocks. 21.5 Boxes for cattle will be provided single leaf doors of size 2M x 1.2M. A partition wall of 1.25 M height will be provided between adjacent boxes. 21.6 Verandahs will be provided in the dairy out of area addition on as required basis.

21.7 Water supply requirements, both external and internal will be provided as required. Water points with shower arrangements will be provided in cattle shed on as required basis. Suitable lighting will be provided for open standing and paddocks. 21.8 Suitable security fencing or walls with perimeter lighting will be provided for all stack-yards. Boundary pillars, cattle fencing, gates, sentry posts and chowkidar huts will be provided on as required basis. 21.9 All works will be carried out in accordance with Army works procedure with the exception of works pertaining to the installation of plant and machinery and the supply of water and electricity which will be initiated in accordance with the Farms Procedure.

TABLE NO. 21.I SCALES OF MILITARY FARMS AND DEPOTS S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

1.

Accommodation Cattle yards :a) Cattle Sheds : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

for a) 1.2 M wide passage with drain on both sides or one side as required. b) Running manger on both sides or one side depending on type of shed of following dimensions :Inner width 0.6 M Depth 0.3 M Height of rear 0.75M Wall Height of front 0.5M Curb a) Standard sheds to be provided as under: (i) For 110 animals other than bullocks. (ii) For 50 bullocks. b) Shed design to be tail to tail for milking. For other sheds, the design to be head to head or in single line. c) Length of standing to be between 1.5 M and 1.7 M as per requirement of animals d) Ceiling fans may be provided for higher cross breed cattle with over 50 percent foreign blood, at stations where fans are authorised.

Milking Dry Stock Young Stock Bullocks

4.18 per animal

b) Milk Room

a) To be fly proof. b) Exhaust fan. c) Ceiling fan 1400 mm span. a) To be rodent proof. b) Ceiling fan 1400 mm sweep. Hanging pegs for clothing.

One room per 3 milking sheds or part thereof.

c) Ration Store

22

One store per 3 cattle sheds or part thereof.

d) Gowallas Room e) Bull House :(i) Bulls (other than Friesian)

22

One room per cattle yard. a) To be provided only where natural service is employed. b) One house per bull. c) Two bull houses to be built side by side, leading to separate paddocks. d) One house per bull to be provided only where natural service

11 per bull

1.5 M high walls with one gate.

or semen collection is done.

(ii) Friesian Bulls

21 per bull

a) 1.5 M high walls with one gate. b) Ceiling fan 1400 mm span. c) Bath shower. d) Verandah on both sides.

f) Night Paddocks (i) For all Animals other than Friesian Bull

21 per animal

a) 1.5 M high fencing of brick wall or railing all around. b) Raised steel gate with vertical braces.

a) One paddock per 100 animals other than Friesian bulls. b) Bricks paving may be provided on a portion of paddock where required due to climatic and soil conditions. To be provided only if bull house for Friesian bulls is authorised.

(ii) For Friesian Bulls

250 per bull

a) 1.5 M high fencing of brick wall or railing all around. b) Raised steel gate with vertical braces.

g) Calf House

1.86 per calf

a) Drain in centre b) Running manger along three side walls of dimensions : Inner width 0.4 M Depth 0.15 M Height of rear wall

One house per 40 calves

0.75 M

h) Calf Paddocks

4.65 per calf

Height of front curb 0.3 M a) Suitable fencing 1 M high b) Raised steel gate c) Steel rack for feeding.

One paddock per 40 calves

j) Artificial Insemination Room

11

a) b) c) d) f)

To be fly proof Shelving Inbuilt glazed top table Sink Ceiling fan 1400 mm.

To be provided only where artificial insemination is authorised.

k) Service Crate

8.5

Covered hard standing

To be provided only where natural service or semen collection is done. Ser (l) and (m) to be provided only for farms not having

l) Boiler Room

18

a) Ceiling height 4.6 M b) Water tap - 1 No c) Two walls of room to

be of 1 M high brick construction and remaining upper portion of metal grill. m) Wash Separating Room and 25 a) Inbuilt iron racks b) To be fly proof c) Exhaust fan d) Cast iron grill on flooring and drain. e) Water tap 1 No.

integral dairy.

n) Sullage Tank

As required

One tank per cattle yard.

2.

Accommodation Calving Lines: a) Covered Standing

for

5.6 per animal for 9 per cent of adult female herd strength. 19 per animal for 9 per cent of adult female herd strength. 11.15 per animal for 3 per cent of adult female herd strength. 13.5 per each calving line.

Drains

b) Open Standing

1.5 M high fencing of brick wall for railing for open standing.

c) Calving Boxes

To be fly proof

One box to be provided for each animal.

d) Attendants Room 3. Accommodation Sick Lines :a) Covered Standing for

4.18 per animal for 2 percent of herd strength 19 per animal for 2 per cent of herd strength

Drain

Shed to be of single line design

b) Open Standing

1.5 M high fencing of brick wall or railing for open standing.

c) Boxes

12.5 per animal for 1 per cent of adult herd strength

a) To be fly proof b) Ceiling fan 1400 mm span-1No. per Box

Boxes to be built adjacent to each other.

9.3 d) Milk Room e) Ration Store f) Dispensary 9.3 9.3 To be rodent proof a) Shelving b) Inbuilt glazed top table c) Sink d) Ceiling fan 1400 mm span

One per sick line g) Throwing Pit 4 M diameter with depth as required. 9.3 h) Dressing Room a) Shelving b) Inbuilt glazed top table c) Sink

12.5 j) Attendants Room

4.

Accommodation for Segregation Line: a) Covered Standing 4.18 per animal for 2 percent of adult herd strength. 13.9 per animal for 2 percent of adult herd strength. 12.5 each Drains

b) Open standing

c) Boxes (2 Nos)

1.5 M high fencing of brick wall or railing for open standing. a) To be fly proof. b) Ceiling fan 1400 mm span- 1 No per box. a) 2 M wide paved area all round b) Continuous running water supply. c) Suitably high trough wall or railing around the trough to prevent animals stepping into it. Boxes to be built adjacent of each other. To be provided in cattle sheds bull houses, paddocks, calf houses, calving lines, sick lines and segregation lines, on as required basis.

5.

Watering Trough

12 running metres per 100 animals

6.

Accommodation Dairy :-

for

For Daily Trade Capacity Upto 1501 3201 1500 to 3200 litres litres litres above 19 28 45 a) Ceiling fans 1400 mm span may be provided in the Dairy as per scale. Table fans may be provided in lieu where ceiling fans interfere with the work. b) Exhaust fans may be provided as required. 42 67 106 c) Milk powder store to be provided only where blending of milk is done. 8.5 9 18 8 19 Ceiling height 4.6 M 6 14 36 12 b) Attached bath and WC - 1 No each a) Fitted with closets to keep clothes and wash hand basins trough type.

a) Milk Room

Receiving

b) Can Washing Room c) Office 16 d) Room Processing for Milk

25

41

16

22

e) Room for Butter Making f) Milk Issue Room g) Laboratory h) Cold Store j) Boiler Room

18 k) Changing and Wash up Room 8

l) Refrigeration Plant 30 m) Milk Powder Store n) Unpriced Inventory (UPI) Stores o) Coal Bins 7 7 7 33 41

17 Height of bin 1.2 M

Size 24.2 SM per bin Scale as required 7. Office for Cashier 10 a) Cash counter with iron grill or bars. b) Inbuilt safe. c) Steel door. Foot bath to be provided for cattle yard, main gate, bullock line, calving line, sick line and segregation line. a) One tank per 300 buffaloes b) To be provided only in plains where buffaloes are held and if natural wallowing facility is not available.

8.

Foot Baths

As required

9.

Wallow Tank

As required

10. 11.

Post Mortem Platform Cattle Crush

18.6 8.5 each

Water tap One cattle crush each for cattle yard, sick line and artificial insemination center.

12.

Grain Store

1 SM per tonne

To be rodent proof

a) One store for every 400 animals. b) Additional floor area to be authorised to those military farms which produce grains.

13.

Covered Tank for Storage of Molasses

0.565 CM per tonne

a) Manhole b) Inbuilt ladder

a) Tank to be built under ground. b) To be provided for cattle holding farms only. a) Either shed or covered pit only to be provided.

14.

Silo Pit or Shed

12 CM per tonne

a) Pit to be 2 M deep with unpaved floor. b) Covered shed to have paved floor with 3 M high walls and 0.45 M wide drain in centre.

b) One pit or shed per 100 animals. c) Authorised only for cattle holding farms.

15.

Open Shed for Chaff Cutter

35

a) 2.5 M high eaves. b) Platforms on open sides of shed extending 3 M beyond floor.

a) Area includes separate enclosure for electric motor. b) Shed to have one closed wall in front of chaff cutter. c) One shed for farms having upto 600 animals. One additional shed for farms having more than 600 animals.

16.

Equipment Store :a) General Store As required a) Racking b) Inbuilt cupboards c) Dunnage a) Racking b) Inbuilt cupboards c) Dunnage

b) UPI Store for Cattle Yard, Cultivation Section and Railing Depot (3 Nos.) c) Workshop Store

16 each

16

-do-

17.

Stacking Plinths

Size 6.5 M x 2.8 M Scale as required

Plinth height 0.3 M

To be provided for each stack yard and railing depot.

18.

Workshop

5.6 per artificer with a minimum size of 12 SM

a) Floor strength as per load bearing required. b) Rolling shutter doors. c) Ceiling fans 1400 mm span as per scale. d) Exhaust fans.

Overall authorisation may be suitably divided into various shops as required.

19.

Implement Shed

As required

One shed per cultivation section.

20.

Static Water Tank

As per scale

21.

Sanitary Annexe

As required

Maximum of 5 percent WC, urinal and WHB.

CHAPTER NO. 22 CORPS OF MILITARY POLICE UNITS

22.1 22.2

Specialised accommodation for Military Police Units will be provided as given in Table 22.I. Permanent traffic check posts may be provided, wherever justified. Living and other ancillary accommodation shall be as per authorised scales. The scales of Military Prisons is given in Table 22.II.

TABLE NO. 22.I SCALES OF MILITARY POLICE UNITS

S.N.

Description of Items

Floor Area (SM)/ Scale

Special Facilities

Planning Notes (5)

(1) 1. 2.

(2) Desk NCOs Office Unclaimed Property Store

(3) 9 9

(4)

Racking and shelving

3.

Signal Equipment Store

a) Racking and shelving b) Non dust emitting floor. Racking and shelving

4.

Store Room for Traffic Control Equipment, Day Sign Boards and Night Sign Posts. Timber Store Paint Store TCP Sentry Post

19

5. 6. 7.

9 6 1 No.

- do - do Wooden sentry post.

TABLE NO. 22.II SCALES OF MILITARY PRISONS S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities (4) Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Prisoners Cells a) 7 SM each

(3)

(5)

1 No. per prisoner for 75 percent prisoners 1 No per three prisoners for 25 percent prisoners. Latrines one seat per 10 cells Urinals 0.60 M long trough per 20 cells. Ablution as per scale Sheds

3 M high walls

b) 13.5 SM each

-do-

Floor area may be reduced to 5 SM per prisoner for structural reasons.

2.

Sanitary Annexe

Attached to block of prisoner cells.

3.

Clothing Store

13.5 per 100 prisoners

Racking and shelving - do a) Includes space for ration stand. b) Serials 4 to 7 to be provided in one building with verandah. - do - do -

4.

Ration Store a) Upto 100 prisoners b) 101-300 c) 301-600 d) Above 600 13.5 27.0 40.5 54.0 13.5 13.5 per 300 prisoners.

5. 6.

Packing Material Store Equipment Store

7.

Prisoners Private Property Store Oil Store Wood Store Office for Quarter Master

13.5 per 300 prisoners.

Racking and shelving

8. 9. 10.

9 9 As per scale Serials 10 to 13 to be provided in one building with verandah

11.

MI Room and Dispensary MOs Office Detention Ward (8.0 SM per bed)

20

12. 13.

13.5 1 bed per 20 prisoners cells For prisoners strength exceeding 300, a separate detention ward block to be provided as per scales for hospitals.

14.

Medical Orderlys Quarters Treatment Room

13.5

15.

27

For 100 cells or more.

16.

Workshop a) Upto 300 Prisoners b) Above 300 Prisoners Gate Lodge

116 186 13.5 Inside the Main gate.

17.

18.

Main Gate

1 No

3.7 M wide double gate of iron. Authorised at the scale of rifles 1 No. per two prisoners, LMGs 6 Nos, 2 inch Mortars 2 Nos. and Sten Guns 6 Nos.

19.

Armoury

As per scale

20.

Assistant Commandants Quarters Magazine

27

21.

3.5

22.

Short Range 27 M Parade Ground (93 M x 93 M each)

1 No

Four firing points.

23.

2 Nos per 300 prisoners

Note : 1. 2. Accommodation listed in the table shall be enclosed by a 4.6 M high wall. Baths and cook houses for prisoners will be provided inside the enclosure wall of prison, as per scales for other ranks.

3. Accommodation for prison staff such as Commandants quarters, JCOs, and ORs quarters, sanitary annexe, cook houses, dining halls, institute, instruction rooms, shall be provided as per authorised scales. The accommodation will be built outside the enclosure wall of prison and as near as possible to the prison main gate. 4. In addition to the accommodation authorised for institute, one barbers shop will be provided in a single room with floor area at the scale of 5.6 SM per barber.

CHAPTER NO. 23 ARMY POSTAL SERVICE UNITS

23.1 23.2

The units of Army Postal Service are organised for handling of private as well as official mail.

Scales of Section Base, Field Post Offices (SBPOs and FPOs) and Scheduled Dispatch Offices (SDOs) are given in the Table 23.I. Single residential accommodation along with toilet facility may be provided as per the authorised scales along side SBPO or FPO or SDO as applicable, for one JCO or WO in respect of FPO or SDO and for two JCOs or WOs in respect of SBPO or SDO. Built-in counters as required should be provided in SBPOs. FPOs and SDOs. The building should be provided with a verandah on one side. For SDOs functioning alongside SBPOs or FPOs, the accommodation will be built alongside the SBPO or FPO.

23.3 The basic scales for Central Base Post Office (CBPOs) given in the Table 23.II cater for the needs of CBPOs serving upto 4 lakh troops or upto 150 dependent FPOs. For further increases in the strength of troops served, involving a corresponding increase in the number of dependent FPOs, additional areas may be provided as indicated. Residential accommodation for officers may be constructed as authorised within the CBPOs complex. 23.4 The floor area for the Scheduled Dispatch Service units (SDS units) carrying out central sorting of official mail and working in conjunction with CBPOs or independently, will be provided at 75 percent of the scales authorised to CBPOs for sorting halls and at 30 percent for traffic records rooms, postal forms store and postal equipment store. The area as calculated from the Table of authorisation for the CBPOs will cater upto 150 dependent SDOs. With the increase in number of dependent SDOs, additional floor area can be provided pro rata of the increment shown in the Table for CBPOs as applicable. 23.5 The technical JCOs working in the CBPOs or SDS units carrying out supervision and other specialist functions should be provided office accommodation as for technical staff wherever authorised in the Table. 23.6 Scales for technical accommodation required for base censor is included in the Table of CBPOs, although this is a separate non postal unit as it may be functionally located with CBPO. This accommodation is to be constructed within CBPO only if the base censor unit is to be actually located in the same complex. 23.7 For postal and SDS units serving field and static formations, a store room of size 18.0 SM should be provided for storage of postal or SDS equipment and forms.

TABLE NO. 23.I SCALES OF SECTION BASE/FIELD POST OFFICES AND SCHEDULED DISPATCH OFFICES S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) 9.3 Special Facilities (4) Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Post Master, Supervisor Incharge or Supervisor (each) Clerks Postal or Operators SDS Havildars or Naiks (each) Postmen (each)

(5)

2.

6.01

3.

1.9

Applicable only to SBPOs and FPOs.

4. 5.

Packers (each) Working space for Operators SDS or Packers SDS Space for Opening Bags (each)

1.9 25% or areas authorised for serials 2 & 4 4.7 SM per bag Smoke outlet chimney Applicable only to SDOs.

6.

Applicable to SBPOs and FPOs only Smoke outlet chimney a) Applicable only to SBPOs and FPOs. b) Subject to a minimum of 1.9 SM and a maximum of 27.8 SM.

7.

Space for Closing of Bags

0.28 SM per bag

8.

Store Room for :a) Postal Forms and Records b) SDS Forms and Records. 11.3 c) SDOs of Army or Comd HQ 18.0 11.3

9.

Store Room for Unit Clothing, Ordnance and MT Stores.

9.3

For store holding SBPOs FPOs and SDOs only.

TABLE NO. 23.II SCALES OF CENTRAL BASE POST OFFICE

S.N.

Description of Items (2) Sorting Hall

Floor Area (SM) / Scale

Special Facilities (4) Smoke outlet chimney

Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(3) 465 with increase of 30 SM per every 10 additional FPOs. 186 with increase of 12 SM per every 10 additional FPOs. 186 with increase of 12 SM per every 10 additional FPOs. 46 with increase of 3 SM per every 10 additional FPOs

(5)

2.

Traffic Records Room Postal Forms Store

3.

4.

Postal Equipment Store

5.

Forces Letters Forms Store

226 for upto 168 lakh forms

Additional 1.3 SM will be provided for every 1 lakh forms. Additional 6.9 SM per 500 canvas or 1000 cotton bags

6.

Empty Bags Store

186 for upto 10,000 canvas bags and 7,500 cotton bags

7.

Treasury and Accounts Branch a) Strong Room 46.5 b) Working Space (i) Treasurer 13.9 (ii) Asst Treasurers 4.6 SM each (iii) Others As per scale -doSuitable cage for cash counters -do-

8.

Postal Section

Training

a) Store Room for Equipment and Records b) Deposit Articles Room c) Working Space for Clerks 9. Savings Bank a) Working Space b) Space for

As per scale

As per scale

When Saving Bank is

Records c) Space for Ledgers 10. Philatelic Bureau 6 SM per SBCO clerk 4 SM per ledger clerk 93

authorised.

When the Philatelic Bureau is authorised.

11. 12.

Rest Room Bradma Machine Room

93 9.3 for first machine For every additional machine 6 SM When the dedusting machine is authorised.

13.

Bag De-dusting Machine Room

46.5

14.

Base Censor Unit a) Dark Room 15 a) Air inlet ducts b) Exhaust fans c) Light proof fittings d) Light proof double doors. e) Marble finished cement wash basin 2.7M x 0.9 M x 0.2 M deep fixed at 0.9 M height. Provision to be governed as given in chapter notes.

b) Working Space As per scale

CHAPTER NO. 24 REGIMENTAL TRAINING CENTRES 24.1 Regimental Training Centres shall be authorised accommodation as laid down for all units in Part I except where otherwise stipulated in the provisions given herein. Specialised items of accommodation scaled for units and also authorised to Regimental Training Centres of the various Arm or Service are incorporated in respective Table of Scales. Other specialized accommodation commonly applicable to all Regimental Training Centres is given below. Additional specialised accommodation peculiar to each Regimental Training Centre will be assessed based on technical requirements and provided on as required basis. 24.2 Station facilities such as swimming pools and auditorium cum-cinema hall may be located in the centers if administratively found suitable. Drivers training tracks may be provided if considered essential as per scale subject to approval of GOC-in-C Command. 24.3 Accommodation for cook houses, latrines and bath rooms, armoury, etc. including tent plinths may be provided for camps of Regimental Training Centres for assessed strength of personnel with the approval of GOC-in-C Command. Squad posts in company training areas will be provided on an as required basis. 24.4 Specialised accommodation commonly applicable and authorised to all Regimental Training Centres, except where otherwise indicated, is as under: S N. (1) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Item (2) Assault Course Baggage Room Band Accommodation Boxing Rings Confidence Course Scale / Reference (3) Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation (Authorised for Infantry and Mechanised Infantry Regimental Training Centres only) Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation (to be provided to each battalion or regiment as per scale for large units) Part I General Authorisation Part I General Authorisation (to be provided to each battalion or regiment as per scale for large units) Part II Training and Recreational facilities 37 SM per Centre Two per Centre One per Centre One per Centre

(f) (g) (h)

Motivation Training Hall-cum-Museum Obstacle Course Sports Store

(j) (k)

Training Shed Unit Shops

(l) (m) (n)

Gymnasium Weapon Training Aid Store Ranges (i) 27 M Range (ii) Classification Range (iii) Electric Beam Firing Military Training Range (iv) Artillery Miniature Range (v) Field Miniature Ranges (27/50) (vi) Anti Tank Range (vii) Counter Insurgency Range

One per Artillery Regimental Training Centre One per Armoured and Mechanised units Regimental Training Centres. One each for Artillery Regimental Training Centres only. One each for Infantry Regimental Training Centres only.

CHAPTER NO. 25 SERVICES SELECTION CENTRES AND RECRUITING OFFICES Specialised accommodation for the Services Selection Centres will be provided as per 25.1 Service Selection Centres. Table 25.I. Scales for living/ Mess/ Office accommodation shall be followed as given in respective chapters of this Scales of Accommodation. 25.2 Recruiting Offices. 25.2.1 Specialised accommodation for Recruiting Offices will be provided as per Table 25.II.

25.2.2 One ground for physical efficiency testing of recruits, equal to the size of a football ground, should be provided for each recruiting office.

TABLE NO. 25.I SCALES OF SERVICES SELECTION CENTRES S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) 112 Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Testing Hall

(4) a) Raised platform b) Glass black boards c) Projection screen

(5) a) Verandah and attached toilet without bath. b) One hall authorised for upto 2 SSBs. One additional hall will be provided for selection centre having more than 2 SSB. May be suitably sub-divided as required.

2.

Store Room for Classified Testing Material Planning Rooms (60 SM each)

30 SM per testing hall

a) Inbuilt cupboards b) Shelving

3.

4 Nos. per SSB

a) Sand model pit b) Glass black boards c) Supplemen-tary lighting for sand model

4.

GTO Ground

16,000

a) 2.5 M high screen or wall may be provided wherever necessary to block public view only. b) One ground authorised for upto 2 SSBs. One additional ground to be provided for selection centers having more than 2 SSBs. c) Urinals 2 Nos.

5. 6. 7.

Open Sheds (60 SM each) Store Room Conference Room

4 Nos per GTO ground 60 SM per SSB 56 a) Verandah and attached toilet without bath. b) One room authorised for upto 2 SSBs. One additional conference room will be provided for selection centre having more than 2 SSBs.

8.

Candidates Waiting Room Candidates Living Accommodation.

18 SM per each SSB

Attached toilet without bath. Sanitary block as authorised a) One living room unit with verandah per four candidates. b) 15 living room units (for 60 candidates) authorised

9.

As per scales of single living accommodation for officer cadets (Junior).

per SSB. 10. Candidates Mess As per scales of messes for officer cadets. 28 Only one mess building to be provided for a selection centre

11.

Canteen and Tea Bar

Note

:- Any new requirements of these service selection centers may be assessed by Board of Officers and be sanctioned on a case to case basis as special items of works.

TABLE NO. 25.II SCALES OF RECRUITING OFFICES Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) 22 SM per MO Special Facilities (4) (5) Attached toilet without bath and verandah.

S.N. (1) 1.

Description of Items (2) Recruit Medical Inspection and MOs Room Information Room cum Enquiry

Planning Notes

2.

30

3.

Living Accommodation a) Barrack b) Sanitary annexe 100 8.5 83 70 Racking and shelving

To cater for 20 candidates.

4. 5.

Parade-cum-Enrolling Shed Store Room for Stationery, Expendable Stores, Amenity Stores, Publicity and Miscellaneous Store. Office of Assistant Recruiting Officers.

May be suitably sub-divided

6.

11

Caters for two AROs, Extra floor area at 5.5 SM for every additional ARO. Racking and Shelving Authorised over and above the normal office entitlement of clerical staff.

7.

Documents Room

and

Records

11

8.

Examination cum Trade Allocation Test Hall. Canteen and Tea Bar

100

9.

28

Note: -

Garages for cinema van will be provided as per scales for vehicles.

CHAPTER NO. 26 CONVALESCENT DEPOT

26.1 Administrative living, working and storage accommodation including provision of messes and ancillaries for Convalescent Depots shall be as per authorised scales. Living accommodation will be provided in barracks and not in wards. Central hot water facility in the living accommodation for JCOs and OR may be authorised at the discretion of GOC-in-C Commands. 26.2 Lecture hall as authorised will also be used for occupational therapy. The gymnasium shall be provided for Depots accommodating 500 or more men. Other accommodation authorised to convalescent depots is as under: S.N. (a) (b) (c) Item Institute Officers Institute OR Gymnasium Scales / References Part II Training and Recreational facilities. Part II Training and Recreational facilities Part II Training and Recreational facilities (for strength below 1000 men, the size of Gymnasium to be proportionately reduced). Part II Administrative and Working Accommodation. 162 SM (for strength below 1000 men, the size of lecture hall to be proportionately reduced).

(d)

MI Room

(e)

Lecture Hall

(f)

Recreational grounds and Courts

Part II Training and Recreational facilities (for assessment of entitlement of Grounds, strength over 400 and upto 1000 men to be taken as a large unit. Part below 400 as small unit).

CHAPTER NO. 27 ACCOMMODATION FOR ANIMALS

27.1 Specialised accommodation for animals viz horses, ponies, mules MA and mules GS, including dog kennels, will be provided as per scales given in Table 27.I. These scales will be applicable to all animal holding units. 27.2 Covered accommodation for animals should be provided in blocks to suit the organization of the unit. Stalls should be arranged in two rows facing each other with 1.2 M wide passage in between. Mangers, as indicated in the Table, shall be provided as part of the accommodation for animals. 27.3 Non-slip type flooring should be provided in the accommodation for animals with a slope towards the drain. Ridge ventilation should be provided continuous along the whole length of the stables. Tethering rings will be provided both in the front and rear in covered accommodation as well as in the open standings of animals. Drains with suitable soakage pits should be provided all around the stables and open standings. 27.4 Storage accommodation as well as the accommodation authorised for harness and forage blocks may be appropriately sub-divided to suit the organization of the unit concerned. 27.5
Tick channels should be provided all around the dog kennels.

27.6 Water supply requirements are to be provided as necessary. Suitable lighting should be provided for the stalls. General lighting for the area covered by open standings may be provided where essential.

TABLE NO. 27.I SCALES OF ACCOMMODATION FOR ANIMALS S.N. Description of Items (2) Stalls Ordinary Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(3) Horses - 4.3 M x 2.3M Ponies - 3.7 M x 2.1 M Or Mules MA Mules - 3.7 M x 1.7 M GS c)

(4) Mangers of following dimensions:

(5) a) Floor area authorised for stalls is to be clear of mangers and exclusive of passages. b) In places at high altitudes, the stalls should be partially enclosed from sides with exit and entrance doors to cut out direct wind draught. c) Adequate side cover below eaves for protection from rain where required. Floor area authorised to be clear of mangers.

Inner width - 0.45 M Depth - 0.3 M Height:Rear wall - 1.0 M Front curb - 0.75 M Scale:Horses or - 1.4 M Ponies per horse or pony in two separate compartments. Mules - running Manger b) Water points

2.

Open Standings

Horses - 3.7 M x 2.3 M Ponies or 3 M x 2.1 M Mules MA Mules GS 3 M x 1.7 M 13.5 M per 100 animals

Mangers and water points as at serial 1.

3.

Watering Trough for Mules

a) 3 M wide non-slip type surface all around the trough. d) Continuous trough with running water supply.

May be sub-divided as required.

4.

Harness Block a) Harness Room b) Store Room

1 per 10 animals 33.5 per 100 animals

Shelving

With verandah With verandah 1 No authorised per 100 animals or part thereof for independent small units.

5.

Forge and Shoeing Shed a) Open Forge Room

a) Hearth with flue b) Water tank of size 1.2 M x 1.2 M x 0.5 M with base at floor level.

b) Store c) Open Shoeing Shed

6 24 Unpaved floor

6.

Artificers Shops for Blacksmiths, Saddlers and Carpenters.

5.6 per artificer

Hearth with flue and a water tank of size 1.2M x 1.2M x 0.5M with base at floor level, to be provided for blacksmith shop.

a) To be provided only for the authorised artificers. b) Minimum size of each shop 12 SM.

7.

Forage Block a) Grain Store 1 per 7 horses or 20 mules b) Shed for Hay and Bhoosa c) Expense Grain Store To be rat proof Subject to a minimum of 9 SM - Do -

9 per 10 horses High ceiling 7 per 10 Mules 9 per 100 animals or part thereof.

8.

Boiling House a) Boiling Room b) Wood Store

7 per unit

To be provided only where necessity for pre-boiling of grain feed is justified.

9.

Clipping Shed

9 per unit 15 SM per 100 animals

Also authorised for independent small units. a) Rectangular or circular as required b) Also caters for riding school c) 1 No authorised for all units holding horses. For large units, 1 No authorised for every 250 horses or part, subject to a maximum of 5 Maneges.

10.

Maneges

1000 SM

11.

Sand Pit

40 SM per 100 animals

a) 0.3 M deep sand layer. b) Wooden side railing.

Also authorised for independent units.

12.

Ramp for Loading and Unloading of Animals

1 No per unit

a) Height b) Width c) Side railing

- 1M -2 M

13.

Dog Kennels a) Rooms for Dogs a) Verandah in front of 1.5 M width and 2 M height. b) Covered central passage of 3 M height to be provided for every 8 dog rooms. Doors to be provided on either ends of passage. 1 No authorised for 11 to 50 dogs. 7.5

3.5 each

a) 3 M deep courtyard. b) Ceiling fan 1200 mm sweep 1 No per 2 dogs at authorised stations.

b) Cook house 7.5 per 50 dogs. c) Fuel store 3.7 per 50 dogs. d) Meat and Grain Store

Note: Accommodation for the unit sick lines will be provided as per the authorized scales. The accommodation for unit sick lines is authorised only for such units where a veterinary officer is authorised on the unit establishment.

PART-III (SPECIALISED SCALES) SECTION B- NAVY CHAPTER NO. 28 ACCOMMODATION FOR NAVY

28.1 This section defines and authorizes the scales of accommodation and allied services peculiar to units and establishments of the Navy. The scales of accommodation as applicable to the Army shall continue to apply to the Navy except wherever otherwise specified. The accommodation for Naval Commands and Area Headquarters shall be considered separately and provided as special. 28.2
Single Accommodation.

28.2.1 Single living accommodation for all ranks will be provided for authorised sanctioned complement of the station including the personnel manning ships and submarines who are permitted to live ashore by Competent authority. Additional accommodation not exceeding 30 percent of the authorised complement of ships undergoing refit may also be constructed. 28.2.2 For officers in transit 5 percent additional single living accommodation over and above the authorised complement may be provided at such Naval stations where ships are based. 28.2.3 MCPOs and CPOs will normally be provided accommodation in single quarters. The POs will be provided rooms to accommodate 2 per room. Junior sailors will be accommodated in barracks. However, if considered necessary these barracks may be sub-divided for accommodating 6 to 8 junior sailors. 28.3
Messes.

28.3.1 Officers messes will be provided with accommodation for the authorised station complement and for the personnel manning ships and submarines and permitted to live ashore by Competent Authority. Additional provision not exceeding 15 percent of the authorised complement of ships undergoing refit may also be provided. 28.3.2 Personnel baggage rooms for afloat strength of officers may be provided in station messes at 67 SM for afloat strength upto 200 plus 6 SM for every additional 20 officers. Personnel baggage rooms for afloat strength of sailors may be provided in station messes at 34 SM for afloat strength upto 200 plus 3 SM for every additional 20 sailors. 28.3.3 Mess rooms and club rooms for MCPOs and CPOs are separate from those for POs and are to be provided as per scale. However, common kitchen, store etc may be provided wherever possible. 28.4
Institutes.

As far as possible Institutes will be provided on station basis. The basis of assessment of number of personnel will be the strength of the station plus an estimate of likely number of personnel coming ashore from ships and crafts.

28.5

Drying Room.

1 SM per 10 men.

28.6

Offices and Administrative Accommodation.

This accommodation will be provided in all establishments for the authorised complement as per laid down scales. However, accommodation for draftsmen to be employed on design and preparation of ships drawings will be provided at 9 SM per draftsmen.

28.7 Storage Sheds. Storage sheds for various depots namely naval and air stores, weapons equipment stores, armament and explosive or non-explosive stores, clothing and victualling stores shall be authorised on an as required basis. These stores will be provided with overhead electrical or hand operated cranes on merit for heavy lift and bulky items by Competent Financial Authority. 28.8 Boat Yard. These will be provided for those establishments where pulling and sailing boats are authorised and will consist of a boat pen, hard standing, boat jetty, workshop and store. 28.9
Swimming Pool. Swimming pools will be provided at Naval Stations as per the scales given below. In Naval training establishments located at stations where a swimming pool is not otherwise available within an administratively convenient distance not less than 8 Kms, may be provided separately with the prior approval of Service Headquarters. Naval establishments/

Units located in the same station more than 8 Kms apart, be treated as separate entities for the purposes of planning authorised pools. S No (a) Sanctioned Strength Naval training establishments Swimming pool proposed 01 large (50 x 21 M)

(b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

400 to 800 (new category) 800 to 2000 2001 to 4000 4001 to 7000 7001 to 12000

01 small 01 large or 02 small 01 large and 01 small 01 large and 02 small 02 large and 02 small or 01 large and 04 small

(g)

12001 to 20000

02 large and 03 small or 01 large and 05 small

28.10 Indian Naval Canteen Service.

28.11 Fleet Mail Office. The accommodation for Fleet Mail Office authorised for port stations shall be determined based on laid down scales for Section. Base and Field Post Office for the Army. 28.12 Planning-cum-Briefing Room.
These are authorised in shore establishments meeting the criteria of a large unit.

28.13 Conference Rooms. Conference rooms for Dockyard, Depots, and Training establishments may be provided subject to prior approval of the Competent Financial Authority. Conference rooms in other Administrative offices may be provided on merit as special item of work with the approval of CFA. Standby power supply may also be provided. 28.14 Visitors Room. Visitors room will be provided in shore establishments and NOIC complex as per the authorised scale. 28.15 Air-conditioning. Air-conditioning may be provided for rooms in technical accommodation where equipment is operated, stored or repaired, provided the technical specifications of the equipment justify such provision in accordance with authorization contained in Part IV. 28.16 Accommodation for Civilian Employees. Civilian industrial workers will be provided facilities viz change and rest room, cafeteria, canteen etc in their respective establishments as per stipulations under the Factory Act. Non-industrial workers may also be provided with facilities such as tiffin room and cafeteria based on merit by the Flag Officer Commanding-in-Chief. Inbuilt lockers of suitable size may also be provided. 28.17 The provision of family welfare centre, civilian community hall, bank, post and telegraph office, children and KG schools may be provided wherever applicable as per scales. 28.18 Security walls or fencing and gates shall be provided wherever essential for units and establishments as per laid down scales. For Dockyards, Depots and other establishments where valuable stores, vehicles, equipment and machinery, etc are stored, gate office and search rooms shall be provided as per scales for ASC or Ordnance Depots. 28.19 Accommodation for the following shore facilities is authorised to the Navy. The scales of technical accommodation shall be determined in the manner given in Part I of Manual. The authorization of accommodation and other facilities is given separately in the subsequent chapters: -

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y.

Harbour and Operating facilities Naval Officer Incharge Complex Maritime Operation Room Shore Establishment Naval Air Station Naval Dockyard Complex Base Repairs Organisation Base Maintenance Unit Naval Stores Depot Naval Armament Depot Weapon Equipment Depot Naval Armament Inspectorate Base Victualling Yard Technical Position Naval Coast and Examination Battery Naval Missile Battery Naval Radar Station Naval Signal Units Command Transport Pool and Workshops Meteorological office and Observatory Central Reference Library Naval Distributing Authority and Chart Depot Naval Clearance Diving Team Accommodation Naval Detachments War watching/ Mine watching posts

CHAPTER NO. 29 HARBOUR AND OPERATING FACILITIES 29.1 The scales of Harbour and Operating Facilities shall be assessed according to the type of harbour and the number of ships based. Technical services for docking and berthing structures such as salt and fresh water, compressed air and gas supply, fuelling pipe lines, telephone cable, crane tracks and E & M items peculiar to the Navy are authorised and shall be determined based on the technical requirement of each project. Repair and technical support workshops may be authorised where Dockyard facilities are not available. 29.2 The items given below will generally be provided as operating facility for Naval Ships in Ports and Harbours: A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB AC AD Quays and Wharves Jetties Breakwater or piers Sea walls Wet basin Dry Docks and Synchro lifts Slipways Boat pens Boat House Dredging or Desilting Davits Bitts, Bollards Capstans or Winches Navigation aids e.g. Buoys, Floating lights Mooring Buoys Fuel, Oil and Lubricant storage tanks Painting Shed Pontoons, Catamarans and Brows Works connected with Underwater Harbour Protection Devices Souzies and Fenders Refit office for ships Storage for ships ready use stores Shore galleys and WCs for ships Refuse disposal bins Compressed air lines for submarines. Sludge barges for disposal of dirty oil to prevent harbour pollution. Anti-sea pollution equipment / gadgets. Conduits and wiring for telephone lines and cable TV. Blank Floats pan to be provided.

CHAPTER NO. 30 NAVAL OFFICER INCHARGE COMPLEX 30.1 Authorisation and scales of accommodation to be provided for a Naval Officer Incharge Complex is given in Table 30.I. The accommodation for Naval Officer Incharge Complex will be provided in Stations where such organisation is specifically sanctioned.

TABLE NO. 30.I SCALE OF NAVAL OFFICER INCHARGE COMPLEX S.N. Description of Items (2) Office Harbour Defence HQ and Operation Room Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities (4) (5) a) Glazed wall display boards with suitable lighting arrangements. b) Built in cupboards c) Electronic display board 3. Intelligence-cumBriefing Room Communication Equipment Room 35 Planning Notes

(1) 1. 2.

(3) As per authorised scale 60

4.

40

5. 6. 7.

Visitors Room Store Room Duty Officer Rest Room COPs and POs Rest Room Night Duty Personnel Rest Room

20 11 14

Attached sanitary annexe

8.

10

Attached sanitary annexe

9.

36

To be provided only where single living accommodation is not available. Should be within the same complex. -

10.

Scare Charge Storage Magazine

As required

11.

Small Arms Armoury and Store

As per scale

12.

Equipment and Webbing Store Signal Office Strong room/ vault with necessary fittings for Storage Garages

As per scale

13. 14.

20 20

15.

As per authorized scale

CHAPTER NO. 31 MARITIME OPERATIONS CENTRE

31.1

The accommodation for Maritime Operations Centre shall be provided as per Table 31.1. These will be constructed with the prior approval of Chief of the Naval Staff at stations from where independent control of forces is to be exercised. Suitable protection work against air attacks may be provided for the Operations Centre. For joint operations, accommodation authorised for the Army personnel will also be provided. Operation Centres should be without intermediate columns to provide unobstructed view. These may be sub-divided into cubicles by providing dwarf walls fitted with glass panes.

31.2 Where operationally considered necessary, essential accommodation may be constructed underground with the approval of Chief of the Naval Staff. All underground accommodation should be air-conditioned. Air-conditioning of accommodation constructed above ground shall be decided on merit. Any facility in future for ante nuclear protection (Citadel facility) shall be treated as special. Standby power supply arrangements will also be provided. 31.3 Office cum rest room accommodation including toilet facilities shall be provided as per scale for officers, CPOs, POs and sailors including their equivalent from the other two Services for the assessed numbers required to be on duty. 31.4 Covered ducts for power cables, telephone lines, etc should also be provided as required. Adequate fire fighting facilities, security fencing, etc shall be provided.

TABLE NO. 31.I SCALES OF MARITIME OPERATIONS CENTRE S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Maritime Operation Room

(3) 150

(4) Wall display boards, glazed board, built in chart tables to be provided with suitable lighting arrangements. - do -

(5)

2.

Army Operation Centre Air Operation Centre

30

To be provided only for joint operations.

3.

30

- do -

4.

Joint Intelligence Room Coast Defence Section

30

5.

20

6. 7.

Shipping Section Sand Model Room

18 54 To be provided only for joint operations.

8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Combined Signal Traffic Room Crypto Centre Air-to-ground communication Centre Computer Room Telephone Exchange

25 18 25 As required As required Where computer is sanctioned.

13.

Office Rooms

cum

Rest

a) C-in-C and Chief of Staff b) Duty Officer

18 each (2 Nos)

With toilet

14 each (3 Nos)

One additional room of 14 SM for joint operations. One additional room of 18 SM for joint operations.

14.

Duty Sailor Rest Room

18 each (2 Nos)

15. 16.

Garages for Vehicles Kitchenette

As per scale 7.5

CHAPTER NO. 32 SHORE ESTABLISHMENT

32.1 The accommodation to be provided for a Shore Establishment will be based on authorised strength and holding of equipment and stores. The sizes and number of rooms actually required will be based on the functional requirement of each establishment. 32.2 The support facilities for ships shall be provided in only one main establishment in the station. As far as possible, domestic, recreational and other miscellaneous accommodation will be provided on pooled basis for the station at authorised scale. 32.3 In Training establishments, the provision of accommodation should also cater for the assessed strength of trainees based on average peak load of trainees during a period of 3 years. Accommodation required for specialised technical training shall be assessed based on the type of training to be imparted. 32.4 32.5
Suitable wiring for installation of ships reproduction equipment or public address system may be provided. The accommodation for a Shore Establishment commissioned as an Indian Naval Ship is given below: S.N. A. ITEMS Training and Instructional Accommodation Instruction Offices, Class rooms, Instruction room, Library. Equipment and Model rooms, Training aid stores, Laboratories, Strong room. B. Regulating Accommodation Offices, OOD (Duty Officer) Office cum Rest Room, Duty CPOs (Duty Clerk) Office cum Rest Room, Duty personnel sleeping accommodation (Guard Room). C. Pay and Store Accommodation Supply office, Victualling office, Naval stores office, Clothing office. D. Stores Victualling store, Naval stores, Clothing store, Rigging store, General equipment store, Maintenance store. Sport Store Band Accommodation As per scale As per scale As per Scale SCALE / REFERENCES

As per item or equipment to be installed or stored.

Based on analogous scale applicable to ASC, Ordnance and Engineer store, As per scale. As per scale. To be provided only where bands are sanctioned.

E.

F.

Photo Section Offices, Photo bay, Darkroom, Training room, Processing room, Reproduction room, Store room for chemicals and photo material. As per scale or as required. To be provided if equipment and personnel are authorised.

G.

Sports and Miscellaneous Swimming pool, Recreation ground and Courts. Film vault, Signal Centre, Short Range, Parade Ground, Quarter deck with mast, Drill Shed, Gymnasium, Auditorium-cum-cinema hall, Fire station, Scooter and cycle shed, Static tanks, Dhobi ghat and mechanical laundry for all major establishments. As per scale As per scale. (To be provided based on station authorisation)

H.

Provost and Security Gate office, Search room (Ladies and Gents), Visitors waiting room. Sentry post, Security wall or fences. As per authorised scale for Depots. As per scale

I. J. K.

MI Room MT Accommodation Boats Jetty, Boat pen, Slipway, Boat store.

As per scale As per scale

Will be authorised only if boats are sanctioned. As per scale for artificers shops.

Boat maintenance workshop L. Domestic Accommodation Living accommodation officers, CPOs, POs and Sailors. M. Messes and Institutes Officers messes, Officers institutes, CPOs messes/clubs, Sailors institute, POs mess, Cook house and Dining hall for junior sailors. N. O. Unit shops Civilian workers amenity accommodation. CHAPTER NO. 33. NAVAL AIR STATION

As per scale

As per scale. To be based on station authorisation

As per scale As per scale for Depots.

33.1 The office and administrative, sports and storage accommodation etc for the Naval Air Station will be provided as per the laid down scales for a Shore Establishment. The scales for technical accommodation shall be determined on as required basis depending on the type and number of aircrafts for the station and those attached thereto. The technical accommodation provided for Air Force stations shall be followed wherever applicable. 33.2 Following standard sizes of hangars for aircrafts shall normally be adopted. The number and type of hangars shall be determined at board stage.
Hangar large Hangar medium Hangar small Other hangar 60 M x 60 M x 15 M 48 M x 48 M x 12.5 M 48 M x 48 M x 9 M As applicable for Air Force.

33.3 Offices, crew room and hangars may be provided separately on squadron basis. Repair, maintenance and technical office accommodation should as far as possible be provided along with hangars. Accommodation for Air Defence Radar, Air ordinance/ weapons and Base Complex may be provided underground if operationally considered necessary by the Flag Officer Commanding-in-Chief Command. Covered ducts shall be provided for runways, taxi tracks etc for laying of electric cables and pipes. Separate ducts shall be provided for telephone and signal cables. Adequate slopes for drainage shall be catered for runways and taxi tracks. 33.4 The technical accommodation such as hangars, taxi tracks, dispersal, storages, communication and repair facilities etc as required for a Forward Air Operating Base or Naval Aviation Enclave where sanctioned will be authorised as per operational requirement with prior approval of the Chief of the Naval Staff. Similarly, for sanctioned Advance Landing Ground, the facilities viz helipad, hangars etc may be authorised by the Chief of the Naval Staff where these are considered essential to meet the operational requirements. 33.5 33.6
Technical equipment rooms and other operational flying accommodation shall be air-conditioned as authorised.

Security fencing, gates, watch towers, security lights and sentry posts shall be provided as considered essential. The requirements of bombing practice firing ranges are to be considered separately.

33.7 Facilities generally authorised for a Naval Air Station are listed below. These facilities may however be supplemented or reviewed due to technical requirement and to cater for new acquisitions: S.N. A. B. C. D. E. F. Runway Taxi Track Dispersals Shoulders and Dumb-bells As required Runway and Dispersal Lighting Current Control Regulator accommodation for control of Runway Lighting. Radars and Navigational Aid Accommodation. Items Scale/References

G.

H.

Air Traffic Control Complex Air Traffic Control Tower Night Flying Equipment store Accommodation for Safety Services Accommodation for Crash and Salvage Service P & T Equipment room Crash Fire Tender, Fire Crew Rest Room As per Air Force As required As per scale As required As per scale As per scale

I.

Base Operation Complex Base operation room Briefing and debriefing room Intelligence room, Map store room, Signal receiving room, Equipment room. As required

J.

Air Defence Radar Complex Office, Duty officers rest room, Crew rest room. Briefing room, ADR control room, Radar room, Repair room. Common or Receiving Centre Meteorological Office Data Computation and Briefing room, Hydrogen gas store, Balloon filling room and Observatory. As required As per scale As required As required

K. L.

M.

Fleet Requirement Unit and Operational Flying Training Units Offices Hangar, Rotables, Issue centre, POL stores, Regulating office, Ordnance bay, AL section, AR section, Flying clothing safety equipment, Officers crew room, Officer Flying clothing locker space, Briefing room, Senior sailors crew room, Junior sailors crew room, Kitchenette. As per scale As per technical requirement.

N.

Photo Section Offices, Photo bay, Dark room, Printing room, Processing room, Sensitive materials optical, MR film auto-printing room, Interpretation room, Negative viewer cum enlarger room, Chemical store and preparation room, Reproduction room and Sailors crew room and Drying room. Air conditioning to be provided to all rooms except sailors crew room. As per technical requirement.

O.

Safety Equipment Section Office Parachute maintenance and storage room, Flying clothing maintenance and storage room, Life raft maintenance and storage room, Parachute airing and drying room, Safety equipment general store, Survival training bay and Sailors crew room. Air conditioning to be provided to all rooms except sailors crew room. As per scale As per technical requirements.

P.

Air Engineering Division and Air Electrical Division Offices, Instruction room (Technical), Technical Library. Hangar, General air engineering workshop, Hydraulic bay, Wood workshop, Dope shop, Welding shop, Engine repair shop, Air ordnance workshop, General engineering store room, Wood store, Tool room, Second line store, Second line cell, Ground equipment store, Air radio workshop, Instrument repair shop, Electrical workshop, Battery shop, Power room, Sonobuoy testing room, AL store room, Conversion machinery room, Engine component repair shop, Ejection seat bay, Tyre and wheel repair shop, Ground equipment repair workshop, Salt bath, Chromium / Nickel plating workshop, Raw material store.

As per scale or analogous scales. As per technical requirements.

Q.

Aircraft and Engine Holding Unit Hangar

As required. (To be located only where the EHU reserve are held.)

R.

Storage Accommodation General store, Aircraft spares store, Sonobuoy store, Oil and grease store, Paint store, Chemical store, R & D section, Clothing store, Electronic store. As per technical requirements.

S.

Ammunition Dump Magazines, Pyrotechnics magazines, Ready use storage for ammunition and armament. As required

T. U.

MI Room or SSQ with beds. MT Accommodation and Workshop

As per scale As per scale

V. W.

Fire Station Short Range

As per scale As per the requirement of weapon system. As per scale

X.

Sirens

CHAPTER NO. 34 NAVAL DOCKYARD COMPLEX

34.1 The accommodation of specialist workshops of Naval Dockyard shall be provided taking into consideration the functional requirement and better workflow and control. Office accommodation for officer-in-charge, foreman or supervisor including a record room shall be provided shop wise as per scale. Industrial type of buildings shall be constructed for workshops. Flooring with adequate load bearing capacity and suitable for handling of heavy equipment will be provided in shops where necessary. Height of shops will be provided to cater for requirement of mobile and overhead cranes. 34.2 Power supply, lights for workshops for working during night, ventilation and water supply shall be provided as per authorised scale. Special facilities e.g.; sound proofing, dust proofing and other environmental control for shops wherever required will be treated as special. Lightning conductors shall be provided as necessary. Electric sirens are also authorised for the Dockyard Complex. In addition, covered conduits for laying of cables will also be provided. 34.3 All round security wall, street lights gates, gates, offices, sentry posts and search rooms, time keepers office, mustering shed etc should be provided as per scale for Ordnance Depots. 34.4 The facilities authorised for a Naval Dockyard Complex and to be provided as required based on the technical requirements are listed below. These facilities may, however, require to be supplemented or reviewed due to future changes in technology.
S.N. A. Items Engineering Shops Machine shop, Engine fitting shop, Pipe fitting shop, ICE shop, Air-conditioning shop, Refrigeration shop, Foundry shop ferrous and non-ferrous, Lagging shop, Boiler erection shop, Auxiliary machinery shop, Forging shop, Galvanizing and Electroplating shop. Welding shop, Chain testing shop, Valve repair shop, Propeller and Shafting shop, Rubber moulding shop, Economizer and heat exchange shop, Flight deck machinery shop, Fitting shop, M/D Auxiliary and compressors repair shop, Hydraulic machinery and underwater repair shop, Heavy steam machinery repair shop, Gas turbine shop, Test house for gas turbine, Test house for ICE shop, Test house for refrigerating equipment, Test house for hydraulic machinery, Test house for Auxiliary machinery, Oxygen plant room, Heat treatment room, Machinery control room, Chemical cleaning facility room and Mould loft. As per technical requirements Scale / References

B.

Electrical Shops Heavy electrical shop, Light electrical shop, Electrical wiring shop, Battery shop, Electroplating shop, Auto control shop, Test houses. As per technical requirements.

C.

Weapon Shops Gyro shop, W/T and Radar shop, Weapon control shop, Optical shop, Instrument shop, Weapons fitting shop, Weapons workshop, Torpedo workshop, Missile repair shop, Test equipment standard room, Mine sweeping gear shop, PCB Repair shop. As per technical requirements.

D.

Constructive Shops Blacksmith and Chain testing shop, Sheet Metal shop, Welding shop, Galvanising shop, Steel fabrication shop, Boat building shop, Mould loft, Ship fitting shop, Paint shop, Paint preparation and manufacture shop, Sail loft shop and Tailoring shop, Rigging shop, Pipe shop, Shipwright shop, Hull assembly shop, Epoxy coating shop, Life raft shop, Timber conversion facility, Storage of steel and other yard materials and timber docking gear store. As per technical requirements.

E.

Maintenance Shops Millwright shop, Crane repair shop, Electrical repair shop. Transport repair shop, Civil and Conservancy section. As per technical requirements.

F.

Support Facilities Marshalling of yard facilities, Utilities and services facilities. Yard craft repair facilities, Store houses, Ships lay apart store, Provider store (for ships), Dockyard and Apprentice School and workshop. MI Room, Fire station, Static tanks, MT accommodation, Telephone exchange, incinerators. As required

As per scale.

CHAPTER NO. 35 BASE REPAIR ORGANISTION

35.1 The facilities of Base Repair Organisation will be established in Ports where the same is sanctioned. The exact requirement of each Base Repair Organisation will be provided on the lines similar to that of a Dockyard to the extent applicable. Provision of slipway for smaller ships shall be made wherever required. Office accommodation for foreman and supervisor including a record room shall be provided for each shop as per scale. Office accommodation for the Planning and Quality Control section should be provided separately. 35.2
The accommodation authorised for a Base Repair Organization is listed below: S.N. A. Engineering Shops Foundry and Smithy shop, Fitting, Refrigeration and Airconditioning shop, Machine shop and tool room, internal combustion engine and instrument repair shop, Ancillary machine repair shop. B. Electrical and Weapon shop Electronic shop, Instrument and Gyro shop, Underwater equipment shop and afloat wiring shop, Weapon repair shop, Welding and impregnating shop, Electrical machinery overhaul shop, Mine sweeping gear inspection and repair shop. C. Constructive Shop Hull assembly shop, Shipwright shop, Sails loft and tailoring section, Paint shop, Pipe repair shop, Welding shop, Boat repair shop. D. Storage Accommodation Main store, Ready use and tool stores for Engineering, Electrical, Weapons, Construction and Maintenance, Issue, Receipt and dispatch section. As required As per technical requirements. As per technical requirements. As per technical requirements. Items Scale / Reference

CHAPTER NO. 36 FLEET MAINTENANCE UNIT

36.1 The accommodation for Fleet Maintenance Unit will only be provided in stations where such units are sanctioned. Offices along with space for installation of test equipment will be provided for ships trial group, planned and preventive maintenance units and support teams. 36.2
Authorisation of accommodation to be provided is listed below: S. N. A. Workshops Machine shop, power equipment testworkshop, Electronic maintenance and test room, Radar maintenance and test room, Solar maintenance and test room, PCB repair shop. B. Stores and Miscellaneous Tools and test equipment store, Ready use stores. Laboratory, Publication and reprographic room. As per technical requirements Items Scale/Reference

As required.

CHAPTER NO 37 NAVAL STORE DEPOT

37.1 The office accommodation in Naval Stores Depot for technical staff such as storeman etc should be provided as per authorised scale and may be built as part of the storage accommodation complex. Bulk storage houses shall be provided similar to those authorised for Weapon Equipment Depot. Open plinths may be provided for heavy engineering items, steel, wood, empty drums etc. Covered hard standing with weighing platform may also be provided. Railway sidings, platforms and ramps including provision of overhead cover will be provided for storage sheds on as required basis for direct loading and unloading of wagons and vehicles. For safe and speedy movement of stores, overhead cranes of suitable type and capacity and conveyer/roller belt system be provided in store houses, covered and uncovered hard standings. Compactors to be provided in store houses on an required basis for storage of sophisticated, attractive and high value stores/ spares. 37.2 Provision of adequate lighting, fans shall be made to include facilities for working during night. Air-conditioning of store houses required to store electronics, air stores, rubberised items may be authorised if technical requirements justify. Lighting conductors will be provided as considered essential. 37.3 Suitable security walls and fencing with perimeter lights should be provided all round the depot as well as inside, where necessary, on as required basis. Adequate watch towers and sentry posts will also be provided. Fittings for fire fighting facilities and first aid post will be provided as required. Guard room may be provided at scale as applicable for Depots. Living accommodation for the dispersed Guards will be provided as per scales of single living accommodation. 37.4
The accommodation authorised for Naval Store Depot is listed below: S.No. A. Bulk Store Houses Air store, General naval store, Perishable and attractive items store, Engineering store, Electronic store, Rubberised item store, Acid and dangerous chemical store, Gas cylinder store, Paint store, Stationery and forms store, POL store, Oil and Lubricant store. B. Repairable Naval Store House a) As per analogous scale as applicable or as required. b) Storage racks Items Scale / Reference

As per analogous scale as applicable or as required. - Do - Do -

C. D.

Repairable Air store House Auction and Disposal store House

E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L.

Survey store House Packing and Unpacking House Provider store House Repair Workshops Carpentry Shop Miscellaneous tradesmen Shops Kerb side petrol pump Mustering shed

As per analogous scale as applicable or as required. As per scale As required As required As per scale As per scale As per scale As per scales for Ordnance Depot - do -

M.

Time keepers office with covered token board.

N.

Electric Siren

As per scales for Ordnance Depot. As per scale As per scale As per scale As per scale a) As required b) Vertical storage units be provided

O. P. Q. R. S.

Bicycle and Scooter shed MT Accommodation MI Room Telephone Exchange Covered Hard Standing for steel plates/ rods for steel plate/ rods (This facility may be provided at Mumbai, Kochi and Vizag) Covered Hard Standing for Boats

T.

a) As required b) Chocks be provided

U.

Covered Hard Standing for Lubricating Oil drums

As required

V. W. X. Y. Z.

Radio active items store house Fumigated store house Laboratory Unit Technical Library Central old record room

As required As required 30 SM As required 70 SM- As required with the approval of CFA. Following three i.e AA/AB & AC (Planning cum briefing room, office cum rest room for duty personnel and visitors room) Facilities may be combined and area of 32 SM be provided.

AA AB AC

Planning cum briefing Office cum rest room for duty personnel Visitors room

AD

EDP Centre

20 SM

CHAPTER NO. 38 NAVAL ARMAMENT DEPOT

38.1 Office accommodation in Naval Armament Depot for technical staff such as magazine staff storemen and workshop supervisors etc. should be provided as per authorised scales and may be built as part of the magazines, storage accommodation and workshop complexes. Magazines of standard types should normally be constructed based on the quantity of ammunition and explosives to be stored. Separate magazines should be provided for small arms, ammunition and detonators etc. Safety regulations as laid down under Magazine and Explosive Regulations and other technical publications should be followed. Bomb, gun and demolition grounds may be provided in accordance with the applicable technical regulations. 38.2 The floors should have hardened surface and designed to meet the loading stipulations. The floors in ammunition workshop rooms should be covered with PVC if required technically. All pathways connecting magazines and workshops should be of smooth levelled surface such as concrete. Specific environmental requirements pertaining to dust, humidity will be treated as special. Provisioning of air-conditioning for specific accommodation shall be assessed based on the technical specification of the equipment, stores and ammunition justifying the same. 38.3
Office and other administrative accommodation will be provided in non-explosive area as per authorized scale based on the sanctioned complement of the Depot. A strong room for CBs and cash will also be authorized. Railway sidings, platforms and ramps including provision for overhead cover should be provided on as required basis for direct loading and unloading of wagons and vehicles. All electrical installations in the magazines and in other buildings where explosives are handled will be of flame-proof or other specified type. Lightning conductors and fittings for fire fighting arrangements will be provided as authorized. 38.4.1 Standby power supply should be provided for all guided weapon preparation workshops, air-conditioned magazines/ stores, fire stations and security lights on perimeter/ gates/ watch towers/ guard rooms and railway sidings. 38.4.2 Suitable smoke/fire detection system will be fitted in storages and inspection/preparation workshops on as required basis.

38.4

38.5

Suitable security walls and fencing with perimeter lights should be provided all around the depots as well as inside, where necessary, on as required basis. Adequate watch towers with search lights and sentry posts will also be provided. In addition, a motor able road will be provided. The accommodation authorized for Naval Armament Depot to be provided on as required basis is listed below: S. N. A. Items Magazines 300 tonnes Scale / References a) Vertical inner face traverse. b) Hand operated crane as required. a) Vertical inner face traverse. b) Hand operated crane as required. C. Magazines 120 tonnes a) With or without traverse as necessary. b) Hand operated crane as required. D. Heavy Traverse Room a) Non-dust-emitting floor. b) Glass panes for doors and windows to be shatter proof. c) All fittings to be of non-ferrous material. d) Exhaust fans to be provided as required. E. F. G. Waiting position Light Traverse Rooms Untraversed Rooms Exhaust fans to be provided.

38.6

B.

Magazines 600 tonnes

H. J. K.

Transfer Magazine Explosive component store Non-explosive component store. Inbuilt lockers or cupboards.

L.

Shifting Room

Workers lockers and washing and bathing taps.

M. N. O. P.

Ready use paint store Article in use store Gauge Room Ammunition Workshop (Laby Office) Racking and shelving.

Q. R.

Proof House Inert Filling shed.

S.

Repair Workshops Mine repair shop, Fuse repair shop, Missile workshop, Torpedo workshop, Gun repair shop, DC pistol shop, Machine shop, Joiner/ Carpenter shop, Tinsmith shop, Blacksmith shop, Paint shop, Welding shop, Woodworking shop, Granodising / Phosphat shop.Central maintenance stations, targets and decoy shop, equipment repair shop, fitting shop, heat treatment and electroplating shop, tool room, Oxygen/Nitrogen plant room and battery charging shop.

T.

Storage Sheds Ready use oil and grease store, Main store (non-explosive), Rubber and Textile store, Paint store, Acid store, Timber and misc store. a) Based on analogous scales. b) With verandahs.

U.

Main gate office including guard room, 2 search rooms (one each for Gents and Ladies) and Mustering shed. MI Room Electric Siren MT Accommodation First Aid Post Garages for handling equipment

As per scale for Ordnance Depot. As per scale As per scale As per scale As required As required

V. W. X. Y. Z.

CHAPTER NO. 39 WEAPON EQUIPMENT DEPOT 39.1 Bulk storage sheds of a Weapon Equipment Depot shall generally be designed as large sheds as per actual requirements. Separate storage sheds shall be provided for equipments, paints and chemicals etc. Roller or shutter doors of appropriate height and width shall be provided to permit entry and exit of lifting appliances on as required basis. Clear height of storage shed should be planned to give a minimum of one metre clearance above store height. Where mechanical handling equipment is to be used, overall clear height should normally be 6 metres and where this equipment is not used it should not be less than 4 metres. Gantry, EOT cranes shall be provided for heavy lift and bulky items. The floor should have hardened surface and designed to meet the loading stipulations. 39.1.1 Covered hard standing fitted with EOT/ HOT of suitable type and capacity to be provided on as required basis.

39.2 Air-conditioned accommodation for storage of submarine batteries, rubberised items and test equipment and other technical accommodation shall be provided if technical requirements justify. Lightning protection shall be authorised as necessary including security watch towers . All wiring should be through conduits. 39.2.1 A suitable intruder alarm system should be provided in all store houses as required.

39.3 Railway sidings, platforms and ramps including provision of overhead cover shall be provided for storage sheds on as required basis for direct loading and unloading of wagons and vehicles. 39.4 Suitable security wall and fencing with perimeter lights and watch towers shall be provided all around the Depot as well as inside on as required basis. Sentry posts shall be provided as required. Gate office including guard room shall be provided as per scales authorised for Ordnance Depot. 39.5 The accommodation authorised for a Weapon Equipment Depot is listed below: S.N. A. Items Bulk Storage Sheds (i) Storage of units, sub-units and assemblies. a) As required. Scale / References

(ii) Storage of light weight electronic components and rubberised store. (iii) For storing valuable and attractive items like test equipment.

b) Built in racks to be provided wherever considered essential.

B. C. D. E. F. G. H.

Maintenance Workshops Shipping and Provider Cell Paint Store Inflammable and Lubricant Store Carpenter and Packing Shed MT Accommodation Covered Hard Standing

As required As required As per analogous scale. As per analogous scale. As per scale As per scale As required

CHAPTER NO. 40 NAVAL ARMAMENT INSPECTORATE

40.1 The scales and authorisation of technical accommodation for major Naval Armament Inspection Organisation is given in the Table 40.I. As far as possible the accommodation will be provided in non-explosive area of Naval Armament Depot. 40.2 The air-conditioning shall be authorised for such rooms where technical requirement of the equipment installed or to be tested justifies the same. Dark and printing room may be provided if photo printing is authorised.

TABLE 40.I SCALE OF NAVAL ARMAMENT INSPECTORATE ORGANISATION S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM)/Scale (3) 46 19 Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1. 2.

(2) Calibration Room Firing Analysis and Test Evaluation. Metrology Room Control Environment and Test Room Gauge and Sample Storage Room Store Room for Tools Drawing cum Reprographic Room Dark Room Printing Room

(4)

(5) Ref Para 40.2

3. 4.

46 23

5.

28

6. 7.

11 37 If drawing staff is authorised.

8. 9.

As required As required Serials 8 and 9 are to be provided only where photo printing is authorised.

CHAPTER NO. 41 BASE VICTUALLING YARD

41.1 The specialised accommodation for a Base Victualling Yard will be provided as per scale for the ASC Depot of the Army for common items as applicable to the Navy. The scales of Butcheries and Bakeries as laid down will also be applicable. 41.2
All storage sheds should be provided with security grills and roller shutter type of doors. Separate room should preferably be provided for oil hydrogenated. The floors should be designed to withstand the loads imposed during storage. Storage sheds wherever required should be rat and bird proof. The roof over-hanging should also be made bird proof. Storage sheds should be fitted with exhaust fans wherever authorised and lighting protection. Offices located in storage sheds should be made dust proof using transparent panelling. 41.2.1 All storage sheds should be termite free.

41.3

The capacity of cold and cool rooms will be assessed at Board stage. These rooms shall be provided with suitable standby power supply arrangements. Humidity control measures wherever required in storage sheds shall be decided on merit and provided as special.

41.4 Suitable security walls, fencing with perimeter lights should be provided all around the yard. Sentry posts will also be provided on as required basis. 41.5
The additional facilities authorised for a Base Victualling Yard for the Navy are listed below: S. N. A. Items Storage of dry Masala Scale / References To be found out of total area assessed on tonnage holding. 25 SM

B.

Masala grinding Room

C. D.

Storage for Clothing Storage for Naval stores, Mess traps, Rubberised items and Footwear.

As per scale for General Stores of Ordnance Depots. - do -

E. F. G. H. I.

Cold Room Cool Room Incinerator MT Accommodation Fumigation Room

As required As required As per scale As per scale As required CHAPTER NO. 42 TECHNICAL POSITION

42.1 The facilities enumerated in this chapter pertain to an Operational Technical Positions only and do not cover the requirements of an Independent Technical Position unit. The accommodation for an Independent Technical Position including repair workshops for missiles and specialist vehicles shall be treated as special. Buildings for the Operational Technical Position will be constructed in accordance with the safety regulations laid down in Naval Magazine and Explosive regulations and other Regulations applicable to the Defence Establishments. The accommodation authorised to a Shore Establishment shall also be provided for a Technical Position as applicable. Where essential, domestic accommodation for the authorised complement may be built close to the Technical Position. 42.2 Suitable hardstanding for container shed, marriage and fuelling facilities shall be authorised. Accommodation for specialised vehicles shall also be provided as authorised. 42.3 42.4 42.5
S.N. A. B C. D. E. F. G. Items Examination and Preparation shop. Explosive Element Shop Missile Store Ground Equipment Store Dispensable Material Store Warhead Store Integrated Explosive and Propellant Store Scale / References As per technical requirements - do - do -- do -- do - do - do Air-conditioning shall be authorised for such rooms where technical requirement of the equipment installed justifies the same. Provision of standby power supply shall be made, for essential technical accommodation on merit. All round security wall and security lights, gates and sentry posts will be provided as considered essential. The Technical accommodation for an Operational Technical Position to be provided on as required basis is listed below:

H. I. J*. K*. L.

Booster and Power Store Pyrocartridges and Igniter Store O Fuelling Store G Fuelling Store Container shed

- do - do - do - do Covered shed

M*. N*. O. P*. Q.

O Fuelling point G Fuelling point Special Fuel Laboratories Washing points and First Aid Post. MT accommodation for specialised Vehicles and ancillary. Bicycle and Scooter shed Electric Siren Mustering shed with Time Keepers office.

Covered shed Covered shed Covered shed Water taps with bathing facilities. As per scale

R. S. T.

As per scale As per scale As per scale for Depot.

U.

Provisioning of external firefighting equipment to cater 300 mtr. Area around Technical position.

As per technical requirement subject to recommendation of CFEES.

*Note :- Auto/ manual sprinkling to be provided for Serial Nos. J, K, M, N & P above subject to recommendation of CFEES. CHAPTER NO. 43 NAVAL COAST AND EXAMINATION BATTERY

43.1 The accommodation authorised to a Shore Establishment shall also be provided for a Naval Coast and Examination Battery as applicable. Where essential, domestic accommodation for the authorised complement may be built close to the Battery. 43.2
Standby power generating capacity to cater for electric supply to port war signal station, search light towers, gun positions and magazines will be provided.

43.3 The construction of magazines and shell rooms shall be in accordance with the safety regulations laid down in Naval Magazine and Explosive Regulations and other Regulations applicable to Defence Establishments. Suitable security wall and fencing with perimeter lights should be provided all around the Battery. Watch tower with sentry posts will be provided on as required basis Fire fighting arrangements will be provided as authorised. 43.4
The technical accommodation authorised for a Naval Coast and Examination Battery is listed below: S.N. A. Items Port war signal station with Observation Post consisting of: a) Radar room b) Plotting Room c) Communication Equipment Room. d) Observation Post. B. Search Light Towers The number and height of towers to be decided depending on area to be covered. As required As per analogous scale c) Radar aerial and flag mast to be provided on roof. Scale / References a) The size to suit the technical specifications of Radar. b) Buildings of suitable height to provide unobstructed view.

C. D.

Magazines Shell Room

E.

Gun and Crew Shelter with ready use lockers.

As per scale

F.

Gun mounting platform

One number concrete platform each per gun. As required As required

G. H.

Gun Control Equipment Room Repair and Storage Accommodation for gun items Workshop Weapon store, Gun wharf store, Equipment store, Naval store, Clothing store, Boats wain store, Boat store and Oil and Lubricant store.

J. K.

As per technical requirement As per analogous scale

L.

Armoury and Small Arms Ammunition store.

As per scale

M. N. O.

MT Accommodation Guard Room Missile storage and operation space

As per scale As per scale As per scale

CHAPTER NO. 44 NAVAL MISSILE BATTERY

44.1 The accommodation authorised to a Shore Establishment shall also be provided for a Naval Missile Battery as applicable. Where essential, domestic accommodation for the authorised complement may be built close to the Battery. 44.2 44.3
Air-conditioning shall be authorised for such rooms where technical requirement of the equipment installed justifies the same. Provision of standby power generating capacity for electric supply to essential technical positions only shall be provided.

The construction of missile magazines, explosives and other technical equipment rooms shall be in accordance with the safety regulations laid down in Naval Magazine and Explosive Regulations and other Regulations as applicable to Defence Establishments and suiting the special to type technical requirements of the weapon system. Suitable security wall and fencing with perimeter lights and sentry posts shall be provided as essential. Facilities for fire fighting will be provided as authorised.

44.4 The accommodation for Naval Missile Battery shall be provided, where such a Battery is authorised to be established. The technical accommodation to be provided on as required basis for a Missile Battery is listed below: S.N. A. Launching Pads Item Scale / References a) To suit technical requirements. b) To be provided with blast deflectors as per technical specifications. B Missile Storage Room Size of room to suit the number of reloads required as decided by Operational Authority.

Observation cum Lookout Post and Search Tower.

a) Building of a suitable height to provide unobstructed view. b) Electronic and Visual aids display facility as per technical specification of equipment fitted. c) Aerial and flag mast to be provided.

D E F

Fire Control Room Missile test and repair workshop Operations Room consisting of :(i) Radar equipment room and display positions. (ii) Missile Plotting and control room. (iii) Computer Room (iv) Communication equipment room.

As per technical requirements As required to suit the technical specification of the equipment.

Missile Magazine

With special to type facilities for handling of missile. As per analogous scale.

Storage accommodation for Weapon store, equipment store, Naval store, Boatswain store, Oil and Lubricant store and Clothing stores. Small Arms Armoury and SAA Store Battery charging shop Guard Room

J K M

As per scale As per scale As per scale

CHAPTER NO. 45 NAVAL RADAR STATION

45.1 The technical accommodation authorised for a Naval Radar Station shall be provided where such a station is authorised to be established. The provision of facilities, equipment and aerial, etc shall be provided as per the technical requirement. Domestic and other accommodation for the authorised complement may be built as per scale close to the radar station located away from other naval establishments. 45.2 45.3
Security wall and fencing shall be provided as authorised. The technical accommodation authorised for a Naval Radar Station on as required basis is listed below: S.N. A. Items Observation cum Lookout Post Scale / References a) Building of suitable height to provide unobstructed view b) Flag mast to be provided

B.

Radar Room

To include facilities for computer, plotting and radar display.

C.

Communication Equipment Room Repair and Maintenance Workshop Aerial Park Battery Charging Room Storage Accommodation Naval stores, Equipment store, Oil and Lubricant store.

As per technical requirements

D. E. F. G.

As required As required As per scale

As per analogous scale

H J

MT Accommodation Guard Room CHAPTER NO. 46 NAVAL SIGNAL UNITS

As per scale

46.1 The accommodation to be provided for Naval Signal Units will be determined for type and number of equipment and personnel sanctioned to that unit. Specific technical accommodation required for Satellite Communication System will be authorised as per technical requirement on as required basis. 46.2 Non dust emitting floors to meet the technical requirements of the installed equipment should be provided in the signal units and in stores of telecommunication equipment as required. Covered ducts may be provided in the floors for laying of cables. Wherever required, domestic accommodation for the authorised complement may be built close to the unit. 46.3 The air-conditioning shall be authorised and sanctioned by Competent Financial Authority for such rooms where technical requirement of the equipment installed so justifies. Provision of stabilised power supply including standby arrangements shall also be made. 46.4 Security grills to be provided on all windows and ventilators with wire mesh as required in the Signal Units. Security fencing and security lights should also be provided all around the installation. 46.5
The technical accommodation authorised for Receiving Station, Transmission Station, Communication Centre, HF and DF Station and Wireless Experimental Units is given below. Scales of accommodation except where indicated, shall be decided based on the technical and functional requirements. Receiving Station. S.N. A. Item Receiving Rooms a) CW reception b) RATT reception c) Diversity reception B. C. D. Tele printer Room Aerial Exchange Room Workshop for Receiver Servicing Workshop for TP Servicing Ready Use and Spare Equipment Store. To be provided with rubber sheeting for floor covering. -do Non dust emitting floor -do -doScale / References

46.6

E. F.

G. H. J K L M

Battery Charging Room Rigging Store Class Room General Store Room Operator Rest Room Aerial Masts

As per scale 28 SM 40 SM

27 SM with sanitary annexe a) With cement concrete base b) Mast obstruction lights.

N O P

Flag Mast MT Accommodation Incinerator

As per scale As per scale As per scale

46.7

Naval Transmitting Station. S.N. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. O. Items Transmitting Rooms Relay Room Electronic Workshop and Stores. Control Room Monitor and Emergency Room Blower Room Distribution Hut Battery Charging Room Rigging Store Aerials and Feeder Poles Rest Room for Operators MT Accommodation Incinerator Flag Mast As per scale 28 SM With platforms 27 SM with sanitary annexe As per scale As per scale As per scale Non dust emitting floors Scales / References

46.8

Communication Centre S.N. A. B. Items Machine Cipher Room Special Cryptographic Office (SCYO) a) Double door with independent locking facilities. b) Outer door to be of iron bars. c) Built in almirahs. Scales / References

C.

Traffic Centre Room

D.

Transmission Office (MWO)

To be provided with bays as required.

E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. O.

Crypto Centre Broadcast Room Fixed Service Room RATT Broadcast Room RATT and TP Room V/UHF Room Portable Room VFT Room Perforator Room Hand and General Message Office (HMO)

P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. AA. AB.

Typing and Duplicating Room Distribution, filling and query office Record Room Electrical workshop Electrical and Electronic Store Room Stationery Store Room General Store Room Battery Charging Room DSCOs Duty and Rest Room Duty personnel Rest Room Class Room Aerial Park P&T Telephone Exchange Room As per scale As per scale 27 SM with sanitary annexe 40 SM As required To be provided if authorised as per the P & T scale. To be provided if authorised as per the P&T scale. To be provided for visual signaling with facilities of flag mast for hoisting flags etc. As per scale 22 SM As per scale

AC.

P&T Operator Rest Room

AD.

Naval Signal Station (Tower)

AE.

Incinerator

46.9

HF and DF Station. S.N. Items Scales / References

A.

HF and DF Hut

Wooden hut free of magnetic and other static electrical interferences. Wooden trellis 25M radius, 1 M high with platform.

B. C. D. 46.10

Repair Room Mast and Feeder Poles Rigging Store 25 M high mast 28 SM

Wireless Experimental Unit. S.N. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Transmitting Room Monitoring Hall VHF Monitoring Hall UHF Tape Recorder Room Monitoring Hall HF Tele printer Room Operation Room DF Station Workshop Equipment Store Room General Store Room MT Accommodation Class Room Aerial Mast and Park Battery Charging Room CHAPTER NO. 47 COMMAND / UNIT TRANSPORT POOL AND WORKSHOP As per scale As per scale 27 SM Items Scales / References

47.1 The scale of accommodation for Naval Command Transport Pool shall be as applicable for MT accommodation and Ancillaries. Other Ancillary repair shops will be provided for the tradesmen sanctioned for the Transport pool. The facilities for civilian workers will be as authorised for industrial workers. 47.2 Industrial type of sheds for repair workshops shall be provided. All around security fencing or wall with gate office and sentry posts will be provided as required.
47.3 The accommodation authorised for a Naval Command Transport Pool and Workshop is given below :S.N. A. Items Command Transport Pool and Workshop covered accommodation for vehicle and ancillary. Scales / References As per authorisation

B. C. D.

Apron and Assembly area. Hard standing Main repair shop including garage.

As per scale As required a) As per EME scale b) Pollution testing equipment to be provided.

E. F. G.

Ancillary and Tradesmen shop Battery Charging Shop Storage Accommodation Technical office, MT store, Petrol and Diesel store, Lubricating oil and grease store, Acid and gas store, Paint store

As per scale for authorised trades men As per scale

As per scale Kerbside pumps to be provided wherever justified.

H. J.

Tool and Expense Store Servicing and Lubricating Bay

As per scale for EME repair workshops (a) One bay for upto 50 vehicles. (b) Hydraulically operated hoist of suitable capacity to be provided. (c) Servicing trailor, compressor and greasing pump to be provided adjoining the bay.

K.

Washing platform

(a) As per scale (b) Hydraulically operated hoist of suitable capacity to be provided. As per scale One Size to suit largest vehicle As per scale for EME workshop.

L. M. N.

Ramps Painting bay Hard standing for shops and store section.

O. P. Q.

Inspection pit. Standby Drivers Room Technical Training and Lecture Room

As per scale As per scale As per scale for EME Workshop

R.

Civilian Drivers Change cum Amenity Room. Sanitary Annexes. Instrument Calibration Shop Motor winding shop Wheel alignment and balancing shop As required 20 SM As required

As per scale

S. T*. U*. V*.

As per scale

W*.

OTRP Shop

28 SM

X*.

Fuel injector equipment spark plug testing shop Welding and electroplating shop

20 SM

Y*.

As required

Note* :- The items T to Y to be provided where EME Workshop is not available. 47.4 The accommodation authorised for a Unit Transport Pool and Workshop is given below :S.N. A*. Item Covered accommodation for vehicles and ancillary Hard standing Inspection pits Scale / References As per authorisation

B*. C*.

As required 01 for 25 vehicles or part thereof (excluding motor cycles) As per authorised scale As per authorised scale Arc & gas welding, compressor and spark Plug testing equipment to be provide. a) As per authorised scale. b) Hydraulically operated hoist, serving trailer, compressor and greasing pump to be provided. c) Washing platform with ramp for 20 or more than 20 vehicles.

D*. E*.

Ramps Repair bays

F*.

Washing Platform

G*. H*. J*.

Battery Charging Shop Pollution Testing Equipment Storage accommodation: - MT Store, petrol & diesel store, lubricating oil & grease store.

As per scale As required a) As per scale b) Kerbside pumps to be provided wherever justified.

Note* :- The authorization of the items from A to J are subject to the condition laid down in chapter 7.1 CHAPTER NO. 48 METEOROLOGICAL OFFICE AND OBSERVATORY

48.1 The scales of specialised accommodation for Meteorological Office and Observatory are given in the Table 48.I. The accommodation will be authorised in accordance with general stipulations as laid down by the Indian Meteorological Department. Weather and surface observatories and pilot balloon observatory will be authorised for Naval Air Stations. 48.2 Air-conditioning will be provided as per the technical requirements of the installed equipment for rooms where requirements so justifies this provisioning. Open level area duly fenced with one light and water point should also be available to set up surface observatory.

TABLE NO. 48.I SCALES OF METEOROLOGICAL OFFICE AND OBSERVATORY

S. N.

Description of Item

Floor Area (SM)/ Scales (3) 54 36

Special Facilities

Planning Notes

(1) 1. 2.

(2) Display and RATT Room Automatic Picture Transmission equipment and facsimile weather Room. Meteorological Store Room

(4)

(5)

3.

18

Inbuilt cupboards or shelves for stores. (a) Louvres in the wall. (b) Shutter doors in the front. (c) Rubber sheet flooring. (d) Special Safety lights and switches.

4.

Pilot Balloon Observatory for upper winds, Balloon filling and Hydrogen cylinders Stores Room.

37

CHAPTER NO. 49 CENTRAL REFERENCE LIBRARY

49.1 The accommodation for the Central Library shall be provided for the Command to cater for the requirement of all personnel of ships and establishments. Unit technical libraries, however, will be sanctioned based on assessed requirement at stations, where it is not possible to utilize the facilities of Central Library.
49.2 The facilities authorised for a Central Reference Library are given in Table 49.1.

TABLE NO. 49.I SCALE OF CENTRAL REFERENCE LIBRARY S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) 70 Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1. Library

(2)

(4) Racks, Display boards, Notice boards etc., to be provided. Fitted racks for newspapers to be provided.

(5)

2.

Reading-cumInformation Room.

70

May be suitably divided if required.

3.

Group Study cubicles

40

4 Cubicles of 10 SM each

4.

Cyber Room/ Computer cell Audio Visual Room Reprographic/ Document Reproduction Room Display space at entrance

25

5. 6.

25 14

Special screen to be provided

7.

20

Display boards/ notice boards/ presto graphs etc to be provided Steel catalogue cabinets to be provided

8.

Catalogue Room

11

9. 10

Office Repair and Binding Room Store Room Sanitary Annexe

18 11

11. 12.

11 WCs - 2 Nos. One each for gents & ladies Two each for gents & ladies One each for gents & ladies

WHB - 4 Nos.

Urinal - 2 Nos.

CHAPTER NO. 50 DISTRIBUTING AUTHORITY AND CHART DEPOT

50.1 The accommodation authorised for Distributing Authority and Chart Depot to be provided on as required basis is given below. The strong rooms should be provided with double doors, with outer doors of iron bars including independent locking device and built in shelves and almirahs. Separate strong rooms should be provided for CBs and BRs. 50.2 50.3
Air-conditioning of any technical accommodation shall be assessed on merit and treated as special. Accommodation authorised for a Distribution Authority is as under: A. B. C. D. E. F. Strong Rooms Codification Room Publication Comparison and Mustering Hall. Reprographic Room Store Room for Bags Packing and Dispatch Room

50.4

Accommodation authorised for Chart Depot is as under: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Drawing Hall for chart work. Storage Accommodation for charts. Storage Accommodation for navigational publications. Storage Accommodation for chronometers and instruments. Workshop for repair of navigational instruments. Store Room for stationery Packing and Dispatch Room Reprographic Room.

CHAPTER NO. 51 NAVAL CLEARANCE DIVING TEAM ACCOMMODATION

51.1 The accommodation authorised for a Shore Establishment shall be provided for Naval Clearance Diving Team as applicable. Domestic accommodation for the authorized complement may be built close to the complex if not provided on station basis. 51.2 Air-conditioning shall be provided for such rooms where technical requirement of the equipment installed or stored justifies the same. 51.3 The technical accommodation authorised for a Naval Clearance Diving Team to be provided on as required basis is listed below: S. N. A. Items Storage Accommodation Diving stores, Boat stores, Gemini craft stores, Gases, Ordnance store, Salvage equipment store, Naval store, Clothing store, Ready use store and POL store. a) For authorized equipment, and as per analogous scales as applicable. b) Separate room for each type of Gas store. Scale / References

B.

Workshop-cum-Maintenance Room.

As required.

C. D. E.

Machinery Repair Shop Compression Chamber Photo Section

As required. As per technical requirements. To be provided with dark and development room. With diving suit hangars. As required. As per scale As per scale As required. With attached sanitary annexes. One room for five persons and lockers for 15 persons with attached toilet and kitchenette to be provided.

F. G. H. J. K.

Drying Room Laboratory for Gas analysis. Explosive Magazine Battery Charging Room Divers Briefing and Rest Room.

L*.

Accommodation for night stay

M*.

Washing point

Water point with 2000 litre capacity tank to be provided. 3 x 3 M tank of 7 M depth to be provided with necessary pumping facility.

N*.

Diving tank

O*.

Sanitary annexe

4 showers and one WC to be provided.

Note* :- The items L to O may be agreed as per scale wherever team is authorised.

PART III (SPECIALISED SCALES) SECTION C - AIR FORCE CHAPTER NO. 52 ACCOMMODATION FOR AIR FORCE UNITS ARMY AVIATION UNITS AND ESTABLISHMENTS

52.1

The scales of accommodation and general provisions laid down in Part I, II and IV will apply to Air Force as well, except where otherwise specified in this Chapter. In addition, Air Force units, Army Aviation Units and establishments are authorised specialised accommodation as given in this Chapter, which is peculiar to the Air Force and Army Aviation. For scales applicable both to Army and Air Force, the Air Force equivalent of a battalion of 800 personnel, be treated as Independent Station / Unit.

52.2 No general scale can be laid down to cover all projects, but provisions will generally be in accordance with E-in-Cs Pamphlet No. 1 and technical and administrative instructions issued from time to time or will form the subject of a special instruction to be issued by Air Headquarters. 52.3
Administrative Accommodation. The following administrative accommodation as per authorised scales may be provided for Air Force, Army Aviation Units establishments :(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) Boards. Administrative Control Centre Education Block Fire Tanks (Static Water Tanks) Fire Hut (Fire Stations) Guard Room Mail Sorting Room Group Headquarters Office Wing Headquarters Office Station Headquarters Office Squadron Headquarters Office Flight Headquarters Office Salvage Yards Stores As required. Non Technical

Air Force Selection As per analogous scale or as required as applicable. Area to be decided on the basis of the strength of the

(p) Drill Shed (To cater for all weather requirements). unit with the prior approval of the Air Headquarters.

(q) Sub Guard Room. Due to large area of AF Stations, additional guard rooms of smaller sizes are necessary. Provision for waiting room for officers and visitors with toilet facilities to be provided, in all major guard rooms up to 27 SM of area. Briefing room, Rest room with bath and toilet and cafeteria are (r) Visiting Squadron Operations Room. required for visiting squadrons camping at Stations for flying and range firing operations to be provided as per authorised scale.

(s) Transit Accommodation for Air crew in Officers and SNCOs Messes. Frequent movement of air crew at all times require fully furnished accommodation for their rest. 5% of single living accommodation on over and above authorised where transit accommodation is approved by Air HQ.

(t) A dining room with plate washing facility for NCs (E) be built as annex to all airmen messes. Single NCs(E) have no separate place to dine in AF Station. Therefore, a separate dining room is needed for NCs(E) and a floor area of 0.83 per person is to be provided.

(u) Unit Computer Cell. Local Area Network Cell, wide area network cell , with air- conditioning facility with false ceiling , UPS provision and computer training room is to be provided.

(v) Facilities for night servicing, loading and unloading should be provided at all flying stations. Facilities may include portable flood lights and portable standby power supply. Similar facilities may be provided at Engine Bay, R & D Bay, POL Bay and Compressed Gases stores as these are active during night flying and night operations.

(W) Cafeterias. To be authorised for Station HQs, Operation Complexes, Engineering Complexes in major independent sections with the approval of AOC-in-C.

52.4 Medical. establishments: (a) (b) (c) (d)

Where authorised, the following medical buildings or facilities are to be provided at Air Force

Station Sick Quarters. Station Health Organisation Medical Inspection Room Air Force Dental Centres

(e) Crashward. One crashward per airfield sited as part of the MI room complex and consisting of one room of 40.4 SM with verandah. An additional crashward, size as above, is required at airfields where MI room is located more than 3.2 KM from the runway. (f) Mortuary. This is to be provided only at air field sites at a scale of 1 room of 9.3 SM with verandah.

52.5 52.6

Ration Stores. SM per 20 men.

Size of ration store to be determined by the total number of all personnel entitled to draw rations at 9.3

Technical and Operational Facilities. Technical and operational buildings and facilities, peculiar to the Air Force and Army Aviation to be provided on as required basis, are given in Table 52.1. TABLE 52.I AIR FORCE, ARMY AVIATION TECHNICAL AND OPERATIONAL BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

Aerial Mast Aircraft and Avionic Workshop (all types) Aircraft Apron Aircraft Picketing Block Aircraft Servicing Bays (all types) Aircrew and Ground Crew Operational Readiness. Aircrew Rest Room (including Crew and Locker Room) Air Field Lighting Installation Air Raid Shelters (for Forward Air Bases) Air Stores Park (all types). Antenna, Antenna Foundation and Antenna Tower. Armament Workshop Armoury Arrester Barrier with necessary Pavements Automatic Message Switching Station Air Craft Specialist Vehicle Bay Battery Charging Room Bird Watchers Hut Blast Pen Bomb Disposal Site Bomb Dump (all types) Bombing Range and Ancillary Buildings.

23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67.

Briefing Room Bulk Petrol Installation Camera Obscura Combat Air Patrol Controller Tower Compass Swinging Base. Constant Current Regulation Building for Air Field Lighting Control Buildings (all types) Cypher Room Debriefing Room Direction Finding Stations (all types) Electronic Equipment Complex of Tropo and Line of Sight (all types) Engine Test Bench Feeder Poles (all types) Filter Forward Supply Sections Gas Cleaning Centre Gas Defence Centre Garages (Specialist vehicles) Ground Control Approach Complex Ground Crew Rest Room Ground Ranges (all types) Ground Running Point with Deflector Hangar Hangarette Hard Standing Helipad. Incendiary Bombs Storage and Preparation Complex Instrument Landing System Complex Link Trainer Room and Simulator Buildings (all types). Liquid Oxygen Complex Logistics Section Maintenance Control Centre Marker Beacon Complex Master Control Centre Building Mechanical Transport Section and Mechanical Transport Repair and Inspection Section. Meteorological Section Missile Air Borne and Component Testing Sites. Missile Complex (all types) Missile Deployment Pads. Missile Explosives Testing Sites. Missile Preparation Shed Missile Storage Sites. Mobile Missile Preparation Complex. Mooring Points. Navigation Block

68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98.

Operational Readiness Platforms. Operation Rooms (all types). Photo Section. Power House Complex (all types). Power Station and Sub-Station. Practical Training Rooms (all types) Prepared Missile Sheds. Private Branch Exchange Radar Buildings (all types) Radio and Radar Workshops. Receipt and Unpacking Building Receiving Stations Runways Runway Controller Cabin Safety Equipment Section Signals Block. Stop Butts, Shooting in Butts (all types) Stores Technical. Surface to Air Missile Operations Complex (all types) Sub Control Centre Building Specialist power supply section Specialist Scientific Laboratory for Aircraft and Early Warning System Tyre Checker Room Tape Relay Centre Tarmac Duty Crew Room Taxi Tracks (all types) Tele printer Block Transmitting Station (all types) Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Complexes (all types) Voice Switching Building. Weather Shelter.

PART IV ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SERVICES CHAPTER NO. 53 AIR- CONDITIONING

53.1 Air-conditioning shall be authorised for such accommodation as specified in the various Tables of Scales and in the buildings and installations as given hereunder. Air-conditioning shall however be provided only in such accommodation where the equipment installed or stored including the functional requirements so justify this provisioning.
Air-conditioning in other technical accommodation and storages may also be authorised with the approval of the Competent Financial Authority for such items where the same is specified by the appropriate technical authorities to be essential for safe functioning and storage of sensitive equipment. Air-conditioning of operations rooms will be authorised where operations are envisaged to be conducted from permanent location.

53.2

53.3 Provision will be made for standby reserve window type air-conditioners at the rate of 10 percent of total number of sets of each size authorised. Minimum one standby set of each size shall be provided. Provisioning of standby unit for other than window type air-conditioners shall only be provided for essential and critical equipment with the prior approval of Competent Financial Authority. 53.4 53.5
Air-conditioning in hospitals is not covered in this Chapter and has been authorised separately. Air-conditioning is authorised in buildings and installations listed below: (a) (i) (ii) Automatic Telephone Exchange with Capacity 100 Lines and Over. Automatic switch room. Main distribution frame room.

(iii) Trunk / automatic manual room. (b) (i) (ii) Workshops. Fuel injection equipment and recuperator rooms. Telecommunication, instrument and missile shops.

(iii) Armament and radar components rooms. (iv) Jig boring and profile grinding rooms. (v) Calibration and accurate measurement rooms.

(vi) Aircraft rotables repair workshops. (vii) (viii) Periscope repair and inspection bays. Central radio and radar workshops.

(ix) Laser and IR devices workshops and laboratories. (c) Communications and Radar Installations. (i) Transmitting and receiving station rooms including similar rooms in other signal installations. (ii) HF and DF huts. (iii) Air traffic control cabins. (iv) Tropo scatter stations. (v) RATT and TP rooms. (vi) Instrument landing systems rooms (vii) Electronic service centres. (viii) Radar equipment rooms. (ix) Weather picture transmission room. (d) Ground Control Approach (GCA), Surveillance Radar Equipment (SRE) and Precision Approach Radar (PAR) buildings (e) (f) (g) Computer Installations. Simulator, Link Trainer Buildings and Specialised Electronic Training Models. Aircraft Safety Equipment Section.

(h) Missiles, Rockets, Torpedoes and Specialised Armament Inspection, Repair, Testing, Assembly and Preparation Workshops. (j) (k) (i) Film Vaults and Specialised Photo Sections. Storages. Missiles

(ii) Specialised armament and ammunition. (iii) (iv) Secondary batteries (in depots). Special rubberised items

(v) Precision and sensitive optical electronic and electrical items. (l) (m) Base Operations Complex, Aircrew Briefing Room, Aircrew Rest Rooms and Operational Readiness Rooms. Operations Room and Underground working accommodation.

(n) Offices. Offices of the officers of rank of Major General and above and equivalent ranks in the other Services including civilian officers of equivalent ranks at stations given in Appendix B. (o) MES Inspection Bungalows. One suite in MES inspection bungalows having more than three suites and two in IBs with six suites at authorised stations given in Appendix B. (p) (q) (r) (s) (t) Dental Surgery Room. Heat Stroke Room Blood Transfusion Section MI Rooms Photo section in Naval Air Stations

(u) Radar Complex including Electronic store:. To be provided wherever technically required as approved by service HQ. (v) (w) Comcon & receiving centre. Ammunition Dump. As per (u) CHAPTER NO. 54 ELECTRIC SUPPLY 54.1 Electric Supply. 54.1.1 Military engineering services will be responsible for supply of electricity to all defence establishments either by obtaining from outside sources or through own generation. All Services for receipt of power supply, its transformation and distribution, etc are authorised. 54.1.2 Stabilised power supply at standard voltages shall be provided as specified in the Tables of Scales and for precision equipment requiring the same. Voltage stabilisers, of appropriate size, preferably inbuilt, are also authorised for water coolers, refrigerators and air-conditioners. 54.1.3 Provision of underground electric supply cables for military stations and establishments shall be provided based on merit. 54.2 Electric Lighting. 54.2.1 Provision of electric lighting is authorised in permanent and temporary buildings and all defence assets including tented and hutted accommodation and wherever authorised in Table 54.I. The drawing room, dining room, bed rooms & kitchen of all married accommodation to be provided with one fluorescent tube light or CFL. 54.2.2 General lighting standard in other accommodation not specifically listed in the Table shall be provided as per the illumination level indicated for similar type of buildings. Supplementary lighting may also be provided in addition to general lighting where it is necessary to provide adequate light for precision work.

54.2.3 Requirement of providing spot illumination over the black boards, display boards, mirror of the wash hand basin, dressing tables, mirrors of guard room, offices, messes and barracks and other areas should be catered from within the stipulated scale. 54.2.4 Wherever the fluorescent lighting is authorised use of incandescent lighting in other than technical buildings where the safety aspects are involved may be made subject, however, to the reduction, in illumination level to nearly 50 percent for illumination level of 200 Lux and above. The wattage per square metre as specified shall be re-assessed and proportionately modified. 54.2.5 54.2.6 Specialised lights for airfields, docking and berthing structures is authorised as per technical requirements. Small lights shall be provided as required in entrances, passages, lifts, stables and accessory buildings etc.

Provision of light and power socket outlets are authorised as given 54.3 Electric Power Supply and Socket Outlets. in Table 54.II. Electric supply shall be provided to these socket outlets. Electric power supply is also authorised for all other buildings where power consuming apparatus is to be used. Conduits along with multipurpose cable lead and socket outlet to be provided for TV Cable connections as per Table 54.II

TABLE NO. 54.I SCALES OF ELECTRIC LIGHTING S. N. Description of Items Scale Watts/ SM (3) Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) INTERNAL 1.

(2)

(4)

(5)

Living Accommodation. Domestic Accommodation Officers, JCOs and OR and equivalent including Trainees. (a) Living Room and Barracks. 3.8 (F) For SM Barracks of OR one incandescent bracket light with conical shade over writing shelf- one per 2 OR. The drawing room, dining room, bed rooms & kitchen of all married accommodation to be provided with one fluorescent tube light or CFL. Light on cooking platform.

(b) Bed Room and Study Room (c) Kitchen

16.5 (I) 9.5 (I)

(d) Garage (e) Servant Quarters, Class IV Civilians and equivalents.

3.8 (I) 5.7 (I)

For married accommodation of NCsE and NCsUE in the Army and un-enrolled Class IV civilians of the Air-Force light points 3 Nos.

2.

Messes, Clubs, Institutes and MES IBs. a) Mess Room 3.8 (F) b) Ante Room 3.8 (F) c) Billiard Room 7.3 (I) Supplementary lighting on the table as required. Suitable combination of (F) and (I) may be adopted if required.

d) Preparation, Pantry, servery and Scullery. e) Kitchen and Cook houses

2.5 (F)

3.8 (F) f) Card Room 3.8 (F) g) Dining Hall 3.8 (F)

3.

Amenity Buildings a) Lecture-cum-Cinema-Hall (i) Auditorium and Gallery. (ii) Stage and Foyer. b) Swimming pool, Dressing and Bath Places. c) Squash and Racket Courts d) Gymnasium Hall. 2.5 (F) 2.5 (F) 3.8 (F) Supplementary stage lighting as required. Suitable combination of (F) and (I) may be adopted as required.

6.3 (F) 6.3 (F)

4.

Offices and Administrative Buildings a) Offices, Operation rooms and Control rooms. b) Library 7.5 (F) c) Guard Room (i) (ii) Guard Room 3.8 (F) Detention Room 3.8 (I) d) Instruction Room 7.5 (F) e) Armouries. 7.3 (I) f) Training Sheds and Artillery Miniature Range 7.3 (I)

7.5 (F)

Gate lights may be provided in all unit and office complexes and VIP bungalows

5.

Technical and Working Accommodation. a) Technical Buildings, Hangars Repair shops, Armourers Shop, Laboratories, Battery Charging Room and Technical Stores, etc. 3.8 (F) Supplementary lighting over machines and work benches as

required. b) Signal Installations and Telephone Exchange. c) MT Accommodation (i) Garages for Vehicles, Guns and Equivalent. (ii) Repair Bays d) Benches. 1.8 (F) 7.5 (F)

3.8 (F) One 60 Watt (I) lamp per bench.

e) Workshops 3.8 (F) (i) Workshops 7.5 (F) (ii) Specialised Repair Shop and Testing Rooms. 10.8 (F) (iii) Fuel Injection Equipment. f) STORAGE SHEDS Ordnance, Supply, Engineers, Medical Depot and similar Establishment (i) (ii) General Storage Sheds Receipt and Issue Areas. 1.8 (F) 3.8 (F) 2.5 (F) Note :- Flame proof lighting should be provided for POL, Aero lubes, paints & cleaning material stores to avoid fire hazard.

g) Fire Station.

h) Veterinary Laboratory

7.5 (F) Supplementary lighting in operation theatre.

(j) Dog Kennels.

One 25 Watt(I) bulb per kennel. 2.5 (F)

(k) MI Room (l) MISC. BUILDINGS (i) (ii) Bakeries. Butcheries

3.8 (F) 2.5 (F) 5.7 (I) 3.5 (F&I) 2.5 (F) Suitable combination of F & I may be adopted as required.

(iii) Sanitary Annexes. (iv) Toilets. (v) Change Room, Dressing Room and Other Rooms. (vi) Verandahs. (vii) General Store Room and other Ancillary Rooms. 6. EXTERNAL LIGHTING General

5.7 (I) 5.7 (I)

a) As required in location where there is a

danger to security of stores from theft or sabotage. Food lights may be provided if considered essential. b) Storage shed, technical buildings, armouries as well as garages will be provided water tight brackets with 100 W incandescent lamps at each corner and in addition one light per 15 Metres length or width of long buildings. 7. Perimeter and Watch Tower a) All stores depot, installations where valuable stores, equipment, vehicles and machinery are stocked. b) Important and Main E & M installations where out door equipment is installed. c) Ground level water supply sumps and storage tanks in the main water supply installation. To be designed for a) 4 Lux on road surface. b) 15 Lux at road intersection. 9. Garden Lighting Post Top. Dull lighting as required.

8.

Street Lighting and Sodium Vapour.

Street lighting will be provided on all military roads except where these are to be provided by cantt board as per cantt act.

Abbreviations:

Fluorescent lamp. I Incandescent lamp.

TABLE NO. 54.II SCALES OF LIGHT AND POWER SOCKET OUTLETS S. N. Description of Items Scale Special Facilities (4) Planning Notes

(1)

(2) Socket Outlets (5 Amps)

(3)

(5)

1.

Offices Messes, Institutes, Technical Buildings.

As required

No plug socket will be provided in clerks rooms, store rooms, living room of servants, cook and mess Havildar room verandah, sanitary annex, garages and other subsidiary rooms.

2. 3.

Officer Cadets. Single Officers and Nursing Officers Accommodation. Single JCOs Accommodation

Two plug socket Three plug socket

4.

Two plug socket

5.

Single OR Accommodation

One plug socket per man

6.

Married Accommodation: a) Married accommodation for officers and their equivalent. b) Married accommodation for JCOs and equivalent. c) Married accommodation for Havs, NCOs, OR and their equivalent in other Services and un-enrolled class IV civilians. MT Repair Bays and Vehicle Inspection Pits. Tradesmen Shops including Barber Shop To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. - do -

-do-

7.

One plug socket each.

One 60 Watts (I) inspection lamp for each inspection pit.

8.

One plug socket for each work bench or one per 11 SM. Extra plug sockets may be provided if required. Two plug sockets per room and extra plug socket may be provided if required

9.

Single NCOs and OR and equivalent Ranks Study Rooms and Common Room.

10.

MI Room

Two plug sockets per Room. Extra plug sockets may be provided if required.

11.

Class Room

Two plug sockets per Room. Extra plug sockets may be provided if required.

SOCKET OUTLETS (15 AMPS): 12. Offices, Messes, Institutes, Kitchenettes, Officers Quarters, Nursing Officers Quarters, Education Buildings, MI Room and Other Buildings in which Authorised Power Consuming Apparatus is used. As required

13.

Washing and Ironing Room in Hostel for Probationer Nurses.

As required

14.

Married accommodation for JCOs and OR and their equivalent in other Services.

To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

SOCKET OUTLETS (20/32 Amps): 15. Married accommodation for officers and Nursing officers To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

16.

Offices, Messes, Institutes, Education Buildings, MI Rooms etc.

As required

CABLE CONNECTION : 17. TV Rooms of all Messes, clubs, institutes, instruction rooms etc. One socket outlet (with multipurpose cable in conduit)

18.

Single living Accommodation (Officers)

-do-

19.

Single Living Accommodation (JCOs)

-do-

20.

Married Accommodation: (a) Officers including separated family accommodation.

To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

(b) JCOs and OR

TELEPHONE WIRING : 21. All Offices As required

22.

Guest rooms, suites of inspection bungalows, all messes, bar rooms of officers mess. Single living accommodation (Officers)

One Number per room

23.

One Number

24.

Married Accommodation: (a) Officers including separated family accommodation. To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

(b) JCOs and OR

CHAPTER NO. 55 LIFTS

55.1 Electric Lifts as given in Table 55.I are authorised for residential and administrative buildings having five or more storeys. Lifts with automatic doors or gates shall be provided. 55.2
Electric lifts for movement of luggage stores, etc are authorised for technical buildings. Each case will, however, be considered on its merits by Service Headquarters for determining the number and capacity of lifts to be provided. TABLE NO. 55.I SCALES OF LIFTS (REVISED) - 1993 S. N. Type of Accommodation 5 and 6 Storeys 7 and 10 Storeys 11 and 12 Storeys Above 12 Storeys

No. of Lifts

No. of Lifts

No. of Lifts

No. of Lifts

Capacity (Passenger)

Capacity (Passenger)

Capacity (Passenger)

1.

Single Living Accommodation

Capacity (Passenger) 8

2.

Admin Accommodation (a) upto 50 personnel per floor (b) 51 to 100 personnel 2 13 3 13 3 13 4 13

3 1

13 13

4 2

13 1x8 1 x 13

4 2

13 1x8 1 x 13

4 3

13 2x8 1 x 13

3.

Married Accommodation

Notes :1. For building with 8 or more quarters on each floor, No. of lifts may be proportionately increased.

2. For building with less than 4 quarters on each floor, number of lifts may be reduced, subject to minimum number as per local Bye-laws. CHAPTER NO. 56 REFRIGERATORS, DEEP FREEZERS AND ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS 56.1 Refrigerators and Deep Freezers. 56.1.1 Refrigerators and Deep Freezers are authorised in accommodation as detailed in Table 56.1. In addition refrigerators or deep freezers of assessed capacity shall be provided wherever authorised in the Tables of Scales. 56.1.2 Refrigerators for officers messes may, if available, in station hiring pool, be issued upto authorised scale on payment of the stipulated charges. 56.1.3 Combination of refrigerators and deep freezers may be provided in messes where the total authorised refrigeration capacity is 560 litres or more. In such case, however, minimum of 50 percent of the authorised capacity will be utilized as refrigerators. The balance refrigeration capacity can be converted to deep freezer by applying a reduction factor of 2/3 to arrive at the capacity of the deep freezer provided. 56.2 Electric Water Coolers. 56.2.1 Provision of electric water coolers and their installations is authorised for units, formations, establishments and installation. These will generally be provided in the following accommodation: (a) (b) (c) Administrative working and office buildings. Technical buildings. Dining hall and messes of officer cadets, JCOs, NCOs and OR and their equivalents.

(d) Living accommodation for cadets, JCOs, NCOs and OR and equivalents provided the water coolers in messes cannot be conveniently used. (e) (f) (g) 56.2.2 Institutes, auditoriums, training and recreational accommodation. Lunch, Tiffin and rest rooms of civilians employees in defence establishments. Dining halls of messes of officers and nursing officers and schools.

Water coolers will not be provided at cold (hills) stations.

56.2.3 Provision of water coolers will be at the discretion of the Competent Financial Authority. The size, type, location and the number of water coolers to be provided shall be assessed on as required basis.

TABLE NO. 56.I SCALES OF REFRIGERATORS AND DEEP FREEZERS S.N. Description of Items Scale Refrigeration Capacity in Litres (3) Special Facilities Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Messes of Officers, Nursing Officers, Cadets, JCOs and other Equivalent in Navy and Air Force Strength Upto 20 Members

(4)

(5)

400 21 to 30 Members 500 31 to 50 Members 700 51 to 100 Members 1000 101 to 150 Members 1300 151 to 200 Members 1500 201 to 300 Members 2000 Over 300 Members 2000 plus 1 of 300 Litres refrigeration capacity per additional 50 members or part over 300. 2. Messes of OR and their Equivalent in the Navy and Air Force. Strength Upto 20 Members 21 to 50 Members 51 to 100 Members 101 to 150 Members 151 to 200 Members 201 to 300 Members Over 300 Members 230 400 400 800 1000 1200 1200 plus 230 Litres refrigeration capacity per additional 50 members or part over 230.

3.

Independent MI Rooms

286

To be provided for storage of medicines only and will not be provided at stations which do not warrant this amenity by virtue of their climatic condition.

4.

MES Inspection Bungalows: a) Below 5 suites 286 b) 5 or more suites 286

5.

Advance Field Veterinary Hospitals. Dental Units: a) Upto 2 Chairs b) Upto 3 Chairs

286

6.

286 286

7.

Offices of the rank of Col and Above and equivalent in Navy, Air force and Civilians.

165 per 15 Officers and equivalent

TABLE 56.II ICE MAKING MACHINE S.N. (1) Description of Item (2) OFFICERS MESSES: 1. CAT A Establishment 2x25 Kg per hour Scale (3)

2. 3.

Command HQs Army, Navy & Air HQs

1 x 25 Kg per hour 2 x 25 Kg per hour

CHAPTER NO. 57 STANDBY GENERATING SETS

57.1 Standby power requirements together with load for lighting and ventilation including air-conditioning where authorised in respect of the services indicated below will be treated as authorised and provided by appropriate Competent Financial Authority: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) (p) Signal installations. Radar stations. Computer installations. Water supply installations. Flying control. Runway lighting. Navigation aids. Arrester barrier. Base ops complex. Underground and semi-underground accommodation where continuous operation is envisaged. Butcheries Naval cost battery, missile battery and technical position. Cold and cool rooms. Sewage pumping installations. Security lighting / perimeter lighting

57.2 57.3

For working of functional systems in technical accommodation, fire fighting system and for essential lifts in multistorey buildings, provision of standby power supply is authorised on merits by Competent Financial Authority. Separate standby sets for tactical and geographical reasons may be considered and decided on their merits.

57.4 However, in view of the special nature of the standby requirements of signal installations, these will always be provided with independent emergency equipment. 57.5
For other standby requirements, Government sanction would be necessary. CHAPTER NO. 58 VENTILATION

58.1 Fans are authorised as per the scales laid down in Table 58.1. These shall be provided in living and administrative accommodation at all stations and for hill stations also based on the approval of the service HQ. Fans shall also be provided in specialised accommodation wherever authorised in Tables of Scales. In technical accommodation, however, the fans may be provided with prior approval of Competent Financial Authority at hill (cold) stations also. The entitlement will be worked out as per this Table and where no fan size has been mentioned a 1200 mm ceiling fan shall be provided. Cabin fans of sizes 450 mm or 600 mm may be provided in small rooms or low ceiling areas. For other accommodation a minimum of one 1200 mm fan shall be provided in the entitled accommodation. Provision of fans in storage accommodation shall be decided on merits, except, however, for office space for technical staff such as store man, etc where same is provided as part of storage accommodation for which fans shall be provided as authorised. 58.2 Fans of suitable types are also authorised in air-conditioned spaces. In other than technical air-conditioned accommodation, the provision will be limited to half the normal scale subject to a minimum of one fan. In case of airconditioned accommodation in technical buildings, the number and size of the fans will be provided based on technical considerations as decided by Competent Financial Authority.

58.3 The area to be ventilated by each fan as given in the Table has been based on the fan height of 2.6 metres above floor level. In technical buildings where the fan height has to be increased due to technical or functional requirements, the authorization of fans should be increased by 25 percent for fan height at 3.6 metres and by 50 percent for fan height of 4.6 metres. The mounting height of the fans should not exceed 4.6 metres. 58.4 Table fans and pedestal fans may be provided in technical accommodation in lieu of ceiling or cabin fans, where considered necessary.
TABLE 58.I SCALES OF VENTILATION S.N. 1. Description of Items Domestic Accommodation a) Messes, Hostels, Institutes, Amenity, Welfare Buildings, Clubs, Cinemas and Inspection Bungalows. One 1500 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 22 SM or OR One 1400 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 18 SM or OR One 1200 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 14 SM. - do c) Single JCOs Quarters - do d) Single OR, NCOs, Havs in Barracks Sleeping Quarters. e) Dining hall of NCOs and OR and Equivalent. One 1400 mm diameter sweep ceiling fan for 2 persons. One 1500 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 22 SM or OR One 1400 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 18 SM or OR One 1200 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 14 SM. Scale Special Facilities Planning Notes

b) Single Officer Quarters

f) Married Accommodation: (i) Brigadier, Colonel, Lieutenant Colonel and equivalent in Navy and Air Force. (ii) Major, Captain and equivalent in Navy and Air Force. (iii) Lieutenant and equivalent in Navy and Air Force. (iv) JCOs and equivalent in Navy and Air Force. (v) NCOs, OR and equivalent in Navy and Air Force (vi) Servant Quarter attached to Officers married accommodation

To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

At stations where civil scales of accommodation are applicable, same number of fans and fan points will be provided in married officers quarters as are authorized in accommodation for corresponding categories of officers on civil sides.

2.

General a) Guard Room One 1500 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 22 SM OR One 1400 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 18 SM OR One 1200 mm dia sweep ceiling fan per 14 SM. -do-

b) Barbar Shop c) Garages (i) Garage area

Nil One 1500 mm sweep ceiling fan per 22 SM and one plug socket per bay (in addition to plug socket for lighting) one cabin fan per bay in which an inspection pit occurs.

(ii) Repair area

1 No for 2 animals d) Living Accommodation Animals. e) Dog Kennels

One bracket fan for each dog kennel located up to 1500 mtrs above MSL. One 1500 mm sweep ceiling fan per 22 SM OR One 1400 mm sweep ceiling fan per 18 SM OR One 1200 mm sweep ceiling fan per 14 SM.

f) Veterinary Buildings

3.

Administrative Buildings-

and

Technical

a) Office accommodation, educational buildings instructional rooms and library.

One 1500 mm sweep ceiling fan per 22 SM OR One 1400 mm sweep ceiling fan per 18 SM OR One 1200 mm sweep ceiling fan per 14 SM. -do To meet the functional requirements where it is not desirable to provide ceiling fans, Air-circulators in

b) Technical buildings such as signal installations, hangars, instrument repair shops, workshops, laboratories, technical stores, drawing offices, mobilization store rooms and battery charging rooms, ops

rooms, MI-rooms, sickliness for animals, technical bays and tradesmen shops. 4. Accommodation Requiring Exhaust Fansa) Cook houses of JCOs/ NCOs and OR. b) Dining hall of JCOs/NCOs and OR. c) Kitchen of Officers messes d) Kitchens of all married accommodation e) Toilets of Office Accommodation f) Toilets of Married Accommodation in multistoried buildings g) Spray painting rooms 20 Air changes per hour. h) Battery charging rooms 30 Air changes per hour. j) Workshops Exhaust and fume extraction as required. 20 Air changes per hour.

lieu may be provided.

10 Air Changes per hour

10 Air changes per hour

8 Air changes per hour

4 Air changes per hour

4 Air changes per hour

k) Common users toilets (WCs and Urinals)

8 Air changes per hour

To be provided when attached with main buildings and if users are more than 25. One exhaust fan in each toilet of single men barracks meant for 15 to 20 men.

l) Cinemas

To conform to the requirements of cinematograph act in force

m) Technical Accommodation. i) Laboratories and dark rooms. ii) POL Storage iii) Gas cylinders stores iv) Paint stores and ration stores v) Salvage stores vi) Any other Accommodation considered necessary by CFA. 8 Air changes per hour Should be flameproof. As required As required As required by the service HQ. -do-do-

CHAPTER NO. 59 WATER SUPPLY AND HOT WATER SUPPLY 59 Water Supply. 59.1.1 Water supply will be provided as per Table 59.1. The scales for consumption of water are laid down in Appendix C. All external water supply works necessary for provision of water as specified are authorised. 59.1.2 Provision of overhead storage and ground water sump shall be assessed to suit the technical aspects of water supply scheme. The total storage capacity of the ground water sump and overhead storage shall not exceed one days water requirements. Wherever additional storage capacity is required prior approval of the Competent Financial Authority will be obtained. 59.1.3 All drinking water should be sterilised by chlorination. For this purpose, automatic chlorinating plants supplemented by manual dosers should be provided on as required basis. 59.1.4 For the purposes of designing scheme at any station, expansion factor at 100 percent maximum for the source of supply and 50 percent maximum for the distribution system should be taken into consideration. Expansion factor at source of supply will not, however, be allowed in cases where water supply has to be provided by sinking tube wells or shallow wells. Provision of Hot Water Supply is authorised in the accommodation as per Table 59.II. Use of 59.2 Hot Water Supply. Solar and solar-cum-electric heating may also be considered if technically found feasible.

TABLE NO. 59.I SCALES OF WATER SUPPLY S.N. Description of Items Scale / Supply Points Special Facilities Planning Note (5)

(1)

(2) Water supply will be provided to the following accommodation:-

(3)

(4)

1.

Administrative and Technical Buildings(a) Offices, Education Buildings, Instructional Rooms, Guard Room, Gymnasia, Unit Shops, Barber Shops, Changing Rooms and Amenity room, Shopping Centres, Kitchenettes and Toilets. (b) Technical Buildings, e.g. Signal Installations, Hangars, Repair Shops, Laboratories, Battery Charging Rooms, Fire fighting, Ancillary Shops, Servicing Bays, Butcheries, Bakeries, Workshops, Wharfs, Jetties, Technical Buildings and Installations. (c) Garages One pressure tap at each location of washing platform ramps. (d) Garden, Lawns and Sport Grounds. Required number of ground level taps, capable of supplying authorised quantity of water. Lavatory, wash hand basins (WHB), water closet (WC) and urinals. Fire hydrants and system.

Lavatory, urinals, WHB, WC and sinks and taps or connections for individual machine, technical equipment and washing stands, Fire hydrants and system.

2.

Other Accommodation(a) All Living Accommodation and Messes or Clubs, Cafeterias, MI Rooms, Sick Lines, Cinemas, Institutes and Toilets etc. (a) Wherever a WC, lavatory, WHB, sink, urinal, bath and fire hydrant or system is authorised water supply connection shall be provided. (b) One drinking water tap per 25 OR may be provided in single men living barracks. (c) A garden tap in domestic accommodation for officers. (a) One bib tap for each WC, sink, WHB and bathing cubicles. (b) Each bathroom and bath cubicle will be provided with a shower control by stop cock. (c) In kitchen one bib cock will be provided extra over and above the sink. (a) Pool. (b) Swimming Pool. (b) Bath, lavatory, WC, WHB and urinal. One tap per trough or one per 2 M length of long trough. (c) Stables and Dhobi Ghats.

TABLE NO. 59.II SCALES OF HOT WATER SUPPLY S. N. Description of Items Scale / Geysers Capacity (3) 25 Litres Special Facilities (4) Planning Note

(1) 1.

(2) Officers and Nursing Officers Single Living Accommodation and Guest Rooms in Officers Messes. Married and Separated Family Accommodation :a) Officers/ Nursing Officers

(5) Supply connection to Bath and WHB.

2.

Supply connection to Bath and WHB. To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. 1 x 25 Litres 1 x 25 Litres

b) JCOs/ NCOs/ OR c) Defence Civilian Officers

3.

Officers, Nursing Officers, JCOs Messes and Officers Institutes a) Upto 4 WHBs 1 x 25 Litres b) Above 4 WHBs. 2 x 25 Litres c) Upto 2 sinks 1 x 25 Litres d) More than 2 sinks 2 x25 Litres

Supply connection to Bath and WHB.

4.

OR Cook Houses a) Upto 75 OR 1 x25 Litres Supply connection to WHBs and sinks.

b) 76 to 150 OR.

2 x25 Litres

- do -

c) More than 250 OR 5. Inspection Bungalows a) Each suite b) Kitchen

3 x25 Litres

-do-

1 x25 Litres 1 x25 Litres

Supply connection to Baths, WHBs and Sinks.

6.

JCOs and OR Single Living Accommodation.

A central hot water supply provision in areas of cold climate at the discretion of GOC-in-C and equivalent. As required with the approval of Service HQ.

Supply connection to Baths.

7.

Veterinary Hospitals and Unit Sick Lines

Supply connection to WHBs and Sinks.

Note:A connection from the geysers may be taken to other bath rooms and sinks in married officers quarters, and also in quarters of separated families of officers. CHAPTER NO. 60 E & M SERVICES : MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS The provision of cathodic protection to underground tanks, pipe lines, where necessary will 60.1 Cathodic Protection. be made at permanent bulk petroleum installations on the recommendations of the Defence Research Laboratory (Material), Kanpur or other technical authorities. 60.2 Desert Coolers. below : Desert coolers in summer seasons be authorized to the stations given at appendix D and mentioned

a) All offices of all ranks. b) Dining halls of JCOs/ OR messes. c) Veterinary Units (on as required basis). d) Living Barracks of single JCOs/ OR. 60.3 Electric Bells.

60.3.1 Call bells are authorized for officers messes, inspection bungalows. One call bell will be provided at the entrance of each married quarters of Captains and above and equivalent ranks in the other two Services. One call bell be provided in married accommodation of JCOs/ OR & equivalent. Also one additional call bell be authorised in officers married accommodation for calling servants. 60.3.2 Provision of conduits in the offices of officers for subsequent installation of call bells under arrangement of users is authorized. Call bell as required to be provided in all offices. 60.4 Electric Sirens. 60.4.1 Electric sirens are authorised in depots, Air bases, Naval air stations and Naval dockyards and wherever specifically authorised in Table of Scales. 60.4.2 One siren shall be provided to cover an area of 6 Sq Km.

Engagement lights may be provided for offices of commanding officers and officers of the 60.5 Engagement Lights. rank of Brigadier and above and equivalent. 60.6 Heating Services. 60.6.1 Provision of central space heating services for the following accommodation is authorised at stations with extreme cold conditions as listed in Appendix E: (a) (b) (c) (d) Signal and radar installations. Office buildings of formation headquarters and equivalent headquarters. Fire stations and crash bays. MI rooms and station sick quarters.

60.6.2 Provision of space heating services for drying of parachutes, flying clothes is also authorised including for other items specified in the Table of Scales. 60.6.3 In all other cases, provision of central heating services shall need the sanction of the Government.

Each case will be treated on its own merits and special authorisation obtained from the Government of 60.7 Ice Plant. India for the provision of ice plant. 60.8 Lightning Protection. 60.8.1 Lightning protection is authorised to defence installations as indicated below. Lightning protection may be waived in forward area if the explosives storages are in wooded jungles, deep valleys, or protected by adjoining cliffs or hills. In exceptional cases, lightning protection system may be provided on merits even when the quantity involved are less than those specified. (a) All magazines and explosives store houses in KLP area including explosive buildings in ordnance factories and allied establishments having a net explosives content of 250 Kgs or over or 5 tonnes gross whichever is less, all explosive process buildings and ammunition workshops and buildings storing 5000 litres or more of petrol or other highly inflammable liquids held in explosive installations.

(b) All buildings in non-KLP areas including field and forward areas having a net explosives content of 500 Kgs or 10 tonnes gross whichever is less or 10,000 litres of petrol or more or other inflammable liquids held in explosive installations. (c) All open stacks and dumps of ammunition and explosives content of 500 Kgs or over or 10 tonnes gross whichever is less or 10,000 litres or more petrol or other highly inflammable liquids, when stored other than in tanks duly earthed, which are intended to be retained for more than 1 year. (d) Signal and computer installations, aircraft hangars, ATC buildings and missile accommodation. (e) Specifications. Other important buildings and tall structures as per provisions of Indian Standard

60.8.2. Cases for providing lightning protection for defence installations not covered herein including other nonexplosives buildings within the explosives area should be examined by the Services or branch, etc with reference to various relevant factors i.e. nature of the structure and its use, value of stores, equipment and machinery, lightning risk in the region and the risk to adjacent utilities, etc.

60.8.3. The type of lightning protection system to various categories of explosive buildings with different types of risks and also non-explosive buildings in explosive areas, etc shall be provided as per regulations in force. 60.8.4. In case where it is not possible to comply with laid down stipulations, necessary deviation may be accorded by the appropriate Service Authorities. 60.9 Obstruction Lights. considered essential. Obstruction lights will be provided on high rise structures for aircraft warning wherever

In buildings built to Ministry of Urban Development scales electric fittings 60.10 Scales of Electrification for Civilians. and fans will be provided in accordance with the prevalent Ministry of Urban Development scales as given in Table 60.I except for building built at Bombay and Calcutta.

TABLE NO. 60.I SCALES OF ELECTRIFICATION FOR CIVILIANS S.N. Description of Items Type I Type II Scales Planning Notes

Type III

Type IV

Type V

(1) 1. 2.

(2) Power Plugs Fans with points Door call bell Power meter

(3) 3 2

(4) 3 3

(5) 3 4

(6) 3 5 4

(7)

(8)

3. 4.

1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1 This will be provided only at stations where there are different tarriff for electricity and power supply.

5.

Electrical meter Type of wiring

6.

Con-cealed conduit pipe

Concealed conduit pipe -

Concealed conduit pipe -

Concealed conduit pipe 1

Concealed conduit pipe 1

7.

Telephone connection Light points Plug points Flourescent light fittings Exhaust fan with point

8. 9. 10.

12 2 2

14 3 2

15 4 3

15 5 4

17 7 5

11.

PART V CHAPTER NO. 61 MARRIED AND SEPARATED FAMILY ACCOMMODATION 61.1 General.

61.1.1 The scales are given in plinth area standards and shall be applicable to the construction of residential accommodation in all places in India. 61.1.2 Plinth areas proposed in the Table of Scales are based on the wall thickness achieved with the standard bricks size 9 x 4 x 3 (nominal). When standard size bricks are replaced by modular bricks 20 cm x 10 cm in course of time, the plinth areas specified in the Table of Scales will not change. Where wall thickness has to be more for technical reasons, plinth area may be suitably increased. In places where stone construction is more economical and is normally adopted the plinth areas may be suitably increased by 16 percent to allow for additional thickness of walls. In areas where local specifications permit use of thinner walls such as Accra walling or timber construction, the plinth areas would be reduced suitably. 61.1.3 Sleeping out balconies to be provided as per latest provision of MAP. 61.1.4 Areas of sleeping and sitting out balconies may vary with the type of design, depending on architectural and structural constructions. The areas stipulated, however, are maximum that will be allowed. 61.1.5 In the case of upto three storeyed construction, scooter sheds may be provided as per scales. In the case of
construction of four storey and above, scooter sheds where authorized to be provided separately or one or more quarters on ground floor may be earmarked for covered parking of scooters.

61.1.6 Area for staircase given in the Table of Scales is based on the assumption that on each floor a minimum number of two quarters will be built. If due to unavoidable circumstances construction of odd numbers of quarters is necessitated, area of staircase as authorised for the additional quarters may be included in the approximate estimates in the planning stage and provided in the construction although the additional quarters may be built at a later date. 61.1.7 In case of main buildings, areas for staircase circulation are based on a stair width of 1.22 M. For 1.22 wide stairs, areas for staircase shall be 6.5 SM. Where local bye-laws require, additional area for fire escape staircase will be allowed. 61.1.8 In multi-storey flats where lifts are necessary additional areas over and above the standard plinth area for different types will be allowed for provision of one or more lifts and lift landings. 61.1.9 Areas required for services, such as garbage chutes, electric sub-stations, switch boards, meter rooms, pump rooms etc where necessary, will be allowed over and above the standard plinth areas. Sanitary pipe shafts, open to the sky, wherever provided are not to be included in the standard plinth areas. 61.2
Married and Separated Family Accommodation for Service Officers and Nursing Officers.

61.2.1 The scales of accommodation for married and separated family accommodation for Service officers and Nursing officers are given in Table 61.1. 61.2.2 The following percentage should generally be followed as a guide only for planning married accommodation for officers: (a) Army (i) (ii) (iii) Major and above Captains Lieutenant and below 100 percent 80 percent 33-1/3 percent

(b)

Navy (i) Lieutenant Commander and above 100 percent

(ii)

Lieutenant (including SD list)

83 percent

(iii)

Sub Lieutenant (including SD list)

63 percent

(c)

Air Force S.N. (i) (ii) (iii) Particular Squadron Leader and above Flight Lieutenant Flying Officer and below Flying / Non Flying Station 100 percent 80 percent 63 percent

61.2.3 Married accommodation for Nursing officers is to be provided at the scale of 70 percent of the authorised Nursing officers in PE of hospitals. 61.2.4 The ratio to be adopted in respect of stroke appointments in the Navy is to be as given below: (a) (b) Lieutenant Commander / Lieutenant / Sub Lieutenant (General) Lieutenant Commander / Lieutenant / Sub Lieutenant (SD) Lieutenant Commander/Lieutenant (General) Lieutenant Commander / Lieutenant (SD) Lieutenant / Sub Lieutenant (SD) 38 : 50 : 12 11 : 51 : 38

(c) (d) (e)

33 : 67 25 : 75 20 : 80

61.2.5 The Temporary Duty Leave Reserve (TDLR) strength is also to be added as per the percentage laid down by the Government. The TDLR for officers is restricted to the rank of Lieutenant Commander, Lieutenant and Sub Lieutenant. In evaluating the deficiencies in respect of stroke appointments, the sanctioned complement of each rank is to be worked out on the basis of the percentage in Para 61.2.4 above. Thereafter the TDLR element is to be added as per following percentage to get the total sanctioned strength: (a) (b) (c) (d) General list officers SD list officers Education officers Sailors 20 percent 12 percent 16 percent 25 percent

61.3

Married and Separated Family Accommodation for JCOs, Havs, OR and their Equivalent.

61.3.1 The scales of accommodation for married and separated family accommodation for JCOs, Havs, OR and their equivalent in the Navy and Air Force are given in Table 61.II. 61.3.2 Married accommodation will be provided to the following percentage: (a) (i) Army JCOs 100 percent. But 75 percent married and 25 percent single accommodation should be allowed when planning projects. Any increase in the percentage of married accommodation, if required, is to be approved by the Service Headquarters.

(ii)

Quartermaster and Troops Defadars of Animal Transport units.

(iii)

Artificers (Asstt. Foreman and charge hand only). Havildars of Postal Services and those of ASC Supply (including clerks GD/GD(SD) and Havildar clerks of AEC. 100 percent

(iv)

(v)

Havildars of AOC, EME and Defadars / clerks of RVFC. Religious Teachers. NCO Instructors, AEC and APTC Havaldars and Combatant Clerks of Recruiting Organisation.

(vi) (vii)

(viii)

All non-combatants (enrolled) and only those of non-combatants (unenrolled) who are borne on authorised establishment and are required to live near their place of work. Artificers other than those mentioned at (iii) above. NCOs and OR of all training centers / establishments. NCOs & OR of all Army Units 60 percent

(ix)

(x)

50 percent

(xi)

35 percent

(b)

Navy Family accommodation for authorised complements (excluding sailors undergoing initial training, boys and apprentices and also sailors undergoing courses of instructions or training of less than 26 weeks duration of Ships or Establishments in Navy: (i) (ii) 75 percent (iii) MCPOs and CPOs POs 35 percent 100 percent -

Leading, Sea I and Sea II

(b)

Air Force (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) MWOs and WOs JWOs NCOs Aircraftmen NCs E 100 percent 100 percent 75 percent

35 percent 100 percent

61.4

Married Accommodation for Civilians.

61.4.1 The scales of married accommodation for civilians paid from Defence Services Estimates including civilian
personnel of Military Farms are given in Table 61.III.

61.4.2 Married accommodation for civilians will be provided at the stations given in Appendix F. In addition if any
other station is to be included then it should be done with the approval of MOD.

61.4.3 It is proposed that 60% of Group A and B civilian employees and 35% of Group C and D civilians in KLP and non- KLP units in the station will be taken as the ceiling provided the accommodation is likely to remain occupied for more than five years. 61.4.4 The accommodation for civilians at Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Karwar and Tirunelveli be provided at 60% for all employees of authorised establishment. 61.4.5 Married accommodation for key personnel including MES personnel will be provided at 100 percent at all
stations. MES constructional staff will be provided accommodation to temporary specifications.

61.4.6 Married accommodation for civilian cooks, washer men, female sweepers and ayahs employed in Military Hospitals will be provided at 50 percent of the sanctioned strength.
61.4.7 In remote areas where adequate married accommodation is not constructed and alternative accommodation is also not available for hiring in civil areas, hostel type of accommodation for group A & B personnel be sanctioned as special case to be projected by Service HQ to MOD.

TABLE 61.I SCALES OF MARRIED AND SEPARATED FAMILY ACCOMMODATION FOR SERVICE OFFICERS AND NURSING OFFICERS S.N. Description of Items Floor Area (SM) / Scale (3) Married Accommodation 1. Main unit of Accommodation: (a) Major General and above and equivalent. (b) Major to Brigadier and equivalent. (c) Captain and below and equivalent. 2. Servant Quarters :a) Major General and above and equivalent. b) Major to Brigadier and equivalent. c) Captain and equivalent * * * To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. * * * To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP. Special Facilities Planning Notes (5)

(1)

(2)

(4) Separated Family Accommodation

3.

Garages :a) Major General and above and equivalent. b) Major to Brigadier and equivalent. c) Captain and equivalent d) Lieutenant and below and equivalent. * *

- do -

4.

Attached Office: a) Major General and above and equivalent. b) Brigadier and equivalent * * * To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

5.

Area for ADC: Major General and above and equivalent. * To be provided for officers holding command appointment only. * To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

TABLE 61.II SCALES OF MARRIED AND SEPARATED FAMILY ACCOMMODATION FOR JCOs, HAVs OR AND THEIR EQUIVALENT IN OTHER SERVICES

S.N.

Description of Items

Plinth Area (SM) / Scale (3) Married Accommodation

Special Facilities

Planning Notes

(1)

(2)

(4) Separated Family Accommodation

(5)

1.

Main unit of Accommodation: a) JCOs and equivalent b) HAVs / NCOs / OR and equivalent. * * * * * To be provided as per latest provisions of MAP.

2.

Scooter or Cycle Shed: a) JCOs and equivalent b) HAVs / NCOs /OR and * * * * * To provided as per latest provisions of

equivalent.

MAP.

Note :(a) Scooter sheds for JCOs and equivalents should be so designed and constructed that if these are to be converted in to garages either at the time of construction for use on shared basis, or later for using as garages if the authorized percentage of garages is enhanced, it would be possible to combine them. (b) Covered parking areas may be provided in lieu of scooter sheds, if required. TABLE 61.III SCALES OF MARRIED ACCOMMODATION FOR CIVILIANS S.N. Description of Items Plinth Area (SM)/ Scale (3) Special Facilities (4) Planning Notes

(1) 1.

(2) Main unit of Accommodation: a) Type VI - Pay Range as per CPWD / Min of Urban Affairs notification.

(5)

Area as per CPWD / Min of Urban Affairs notification 139.35 . a) Staircase or circulation area shall be provided as under: -

b) Type V - Pay Range Rs. 1500.00 and above

(i) Type V and VI 6.00 SM (ii) Type IV 5.50 SM c) Type IV Pay Range from Rs.1000.00 to 1499.00 83.60 (iii) Type I, II & III 5.00 SM

b) Sleeping out balconies shall be provided wherever authorised as under:

55.75 d) Type III Pay Range from Rs. 500.00 to 999.00

(i) Type V and VI 9.85 SM (ii) Type IV 7.80 SM Type I, II & III 7.45 SM c) Sitting out balconies in Bombay and Calcutta shall be provided as under: (i) Type V and VI 5.5 SM (ii) Type IV 4.5 SM (iii) Type III 3.5 SM (iv) Type II 2.5 SM (v) Type I 1.5 SM

e) Type II Pay Range from Rs.260.00 to 499.00

45.00

d) Plinth area may be exceeded upto a limit as fixed for Married Accommodation in MAP Project. When found necessary on Architectural consideration to allow flexibility in Architectural planning. e) Where standard size of bricks is 25.4 cm (10 inches) an increase in area to the extent of 2.5 percent for type IV, V and VI quarters and 4 percent for Type I, II and III quarters will be allowed.

f) Type I Pay Range Rs.259.00 and below.

34.00

2.

Servant Quarters: Type V & VI Pay Range Rs.1500.00 and above. 22.30 a) Attached to the main unit. b) Staircase or circulation area of 4.5 SM to be provided.

3.

Garages: a) Type V & VI 21.00 100% Car garages to be provided. Garage &Scooter shed to be provided to 25% and 75% respectively. Scooter shed at 100 percent.

b) Type IV

21.0/6.0

c) Type I, II and III

2.50

Note :(a) Covered parking areas may be provided in lieu of scooter shed, if required.

(b) Pay range indicated above are as per old Pay Scales. However, the same shall be taken from the latest letter of Ministry of Urban Development (Dte of Estates), New Delhi as amended from time to time. After 6th CPC Gazette of India dt 14th Feb 09 published. Ministry of Urban Development (Dte of Estates), New Delhi G.S.R.20. dt 3 Feb 09 for allotment of Government Residences (Gen Pool In Delhi) rules 1963. APPENDIX A CATEGORISATION OF STATIONS ON THE BASIS OF CLIMATIC CONDITIONS

HOT AND DRY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Abohar Adampur Agra Ahmedabad/Gandhi Nagar Ahmednagar Ajmer Akhnoor Alhilal Alwar Ambala Amla Amritsar Arangaon Aundh Aurangabad Babina Babugarh Baddowal Bangalore Barabanki Baran Barmer Barnala BD Bari Baroda Basoli Beas Begumpet 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. Dehu Road Delhi/New Delhi/Palam Deolali Deoria Dhana Dharangdhara Dhoulpur Danapur Doraha Dundigal Faizabad Faridkot 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43 44. 45. 46. 47. Bhopal Bhuj Bhusawal/Jalgaon Bidor Bikaner Birdhampur/Ambala Birpur Birsarnagar Chandigarh Charkhidadari Coimbatore Damana Danapur Dasuya Dehra Dun/Clement Town/Premnagar

29. 30. 31 32. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101 140. 141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146.

Berhampur Bhagalpur Bharatpur Bhatinda/Bhisiana Gaya Ghotigaol Girinagar Gorakhpur Guna Guntur Gurdaspur/Tibri Gurgaon Gwalior/Maharajpur Haldwani Halwara Hindon Hissar Hyderabad Indore Jabalpur Jalahalli Jalgaon Jaipur Jaisalmer Jamalpur Jammu Jamshedpur Janglot Jaurian Jhansi Jhunjhunu/Sikar Jindrah Jodhpur Jalandhar Kalka Kaluchak Kamptee Kandrori Kanjali Kanpur/Chakeri Kapurthala Kashipur/Hempur Ozar Panchmari Parkazi Pashan Pathankot Patiala Patna

60. 61. 62. 63. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 169. 170. 171. 172. 173. 174. 175.

Fategarh / Mainpuri Fazilka Ferozpore Ganganagar Kathgodam Katni Kahadakwasla Khojewala Kirkee Kolhapur Koraput Kota Kotdwar Kungra Ghat/Gorakhpur Lalgarh Jatan Lalru Lohagaon Lucknow Ludhiana Madhopur Mallapuram Mamun Manjeri Mathura Meerut Mhow Miran Sahib Mirthal Moga Muradnagar Muzafarpur/Darbhanga Mysore Nabha Nagpur Nagrota Nahan Naliya Narian Nasik Road Nasirabad Naushera Nowgong Sujanpur Sulur Sundarbani Suranasi Suratgarh Talbehat Tornagula

147. 148. 149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168.

Pimpri Pokharan Pune Raiwala/Rishikesh Rajkot Rajokari Rakhmuthi Ramgarh Ranchi Ratanuchak Razul Rohtak Roorkee Saharanpur/Sarsawa Samba Sangrur Satanwara Saugor Secunderabad Shahjahanpur Shakurbasti Sirsa

176. 177. 178. 179. 180. 181. 182.

Udaipur Udhampur Unchi Basi Uri Utterlai Varanasi Yela Hanka

HOT AND HUMID/COASTAL 1. Agartala 2. Allahabad/Manouri 3. Arda 4. Arkonam 5. Avadi 6. Bagdogra/Siliguri 7. Bagrakot 8. Balasore/Puri 9. Bareilly/Banbasa/Tanakpur 10. Barrackpore/Kancharapara 11. Basista/Borjai/Pandu 12. Bengdubi 13. Bhanbdup 14. Bhubneshwar 15. Binaguri 16. Bongaigaon 17. Borjar 18. Burdwan 19. Bombay(Now Mumbai) Colaba/Santa Cruz/ Karanja/Hamla 20. Kolkata 21. Calicut 22. Cannanore 23. Car Nicobar Islands 24. Chabua 25. Charduar 26. Chheoki 27. Chilka 28. Chloavaram 29. Kochi 30. Cooch Behar 31. Cuttack 32. Dambolium 33. Dibrugarh

34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67.

Dimapur/Rangapahar Dinjan/Panitola Ernakulam Farraka/Bhagalpur Gauhati/Narangi Goa Gopalpur-on-Sea Great Nicobar Haflong Haldia Hasimahara Hempur Ishapur Itarasi Izatnagar Jalpaiguri Jamnagar Jorahat Kalikunda/Midnapore Kankinara Karanjia Karimganj Katihar/ Bhagalpur Kamorta/Nicobar Island Khaprail Kishanganj Kumbhigram Laccadiv Island Lakka Bali Kakshadweep Islands Lekha Pani Lohitpur/Tezu Madras (Now Chennai) / St. Thomas Mount Madhukarai

68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85.

Mangalore Margoa Mariani Meenambakkam/Pollavaram/ Avadi Midnapore Misa/Nowgaon Missamari Mohan Bari Murshidabad/Behrampur Nowgong New Mal/ Dam Dim North Lakhimpur Okha Panagarh Panaji Paradeep Phaphamau Ponda/Margoa/Vasco-DeGama/Panaji Vehgurh

86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104.

Pulgaon Purnea Port Blair/Andaman Island Rangapara Rangiya/Sangsari Sairang/Longpai Sevoke Raod Silchar Suryalanka Tambaran Teloamura Tejpur/Shaloni Tinsukia Trichinapally Trivandrum Tulihal Tuticorin Verum Vishakapatnam

Cold (Hills) 1. Aijal 2. Almora 3. Along 4. Awantipur 5. Bakloh 6. Balnoi 7. Bandipur 8. Banihal 9. Baramula 10. Barapani/Umroi 11. Batote 12. Belgaum 13. Bhimbargali 14. Chaka Bama 15. Chakrata 16. Chalonsu 17. Chauvatia 18. Chumatang 19. Chowkibal 20. Coonoor 21. Darjeeling/Jalapahar 22. Dalhousie 23. Derbuk 24. Dhangu 25. Dhansal 26. Dharachula 27. Dharamsala 28. Dragmula 29. Gaik 30. Gangtok

41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.

31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.

Gulmarg Hamirpur Jaranwaligali Joshimath Jutogh Kalimpong Kasauli/Dagshai/Solan/Sabathu Katapahar/Lebong/Ghoom Kaushani Karu

71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.

Kiari Kupwara Lansdowne Leh Leimakong Lonevala Lungleh Mandi Mendhar Moko Kehung/Tuensang Mount Abu Mussorie Nainital Palampur Partapur Patnitop Pattan Pedong Pithoragarh Poonch Quazikund Rajauri Ramban Rampur Ranikhet Sapper Camp Sela Shillong Shimla Srinagar /BB Cantt/Air Field/ Tatoo Ground/Haft Chinar/ Sharifabad Stations of 36 Sector Surankot Tangdhar Tenga Velly Trehgan Tuensang Vairangte Wellington Yol Zakhama

APPENDIX B LIST OF STATIONS WHERE AIR-CONDITIONING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE OFFICES OF THE OFFICERS OF THE RANK OF MAJOR GENERAL AND ABOVE AND EQUIVALENT IN THE NAVY AND AIRFORCE 1. 2. 3, 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Ahmedabad Akhnoor Allahabad Ambala Amritsar Bareilly Bhatinda Bhopal Bikaner Binaguri Bombay(Mumbai) Kolkatta Chandigarh Cochin Dehradun Delhi Cantt Dundigal/Hyderabad Ferozpore Ganganagar Hissar Jabalpur Jammu Jhansi Jodhpur Jallandhar Khadakwasla Kirkee Kotah Lucknow Madras (Chennai) Delhi conditions for May adopted are are as follows :0830 hrs 1730 hrs 31.5 deg C (80 deg F) 31% RH 52. 39.3 deg C (103 deg F) 18% RH Trivendrum 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. Masimpur/Silchar Mathura Meerut Mhow Nagpur Palam Panitola Pathankot Patiala Port Blair Pune Rajouri Ranchi/Ramgarh Rangia Saugor Secunderabad Siliguri Tezpur Udhampur Vishakapatnam Stations whose climatic conditions of temperature and humidity at 0830 hrs (Morning) and 1730 hrs (evening) are similar to those of Delhi.

APPENDIX C SCALES OF WATER CONSUMPTION (IN LITRES/PER HEAD PER DAY) Additional for Garden conservancy in liters per day 13 225 litres per married officer and 135 litres for single officer 115 litres per married JCO and 70 litres per single JCO. 45 litres for married and single -doScale per head working in ships authorised scale of water supply to

Military Area

Civilians outside Military area

Married

Single

No of family members

Servants and families

Class

Servants

Ser No

Plain

Plain

Without water borne sanitation

With water borne sanitation

Plain

Hill

Hill

1 1.

2 Officers Military/ Civilian

3 5

4 5

5 1

6 1

7 225

8 16 0

9 160

10 90

11 225

12 160

Hill

No

14

2.

JCOs, Civilians and their Equivalent in Navy and Air Force

205

14 5

145

80

205

145

3.

NCOs and Civilian and equivalent

205

14 5

145

80

205

145

4.

5.

6.

OR and Civilian and equivalent Followers (Non Combatants ) Unit Shops and Shopping Centre

205

14 5 14 5

145

80

205

145

205

145

80

205

145

70

45

45

45

Remarks

be worked out at 42 persons per 1000 troops (WE) 7. Cafeterias and Canteens Bazar Population 1135 91 0 11 5 910 680 -

8.

160

90

70

Authorised scale of water supply for bazaar populatio n to be worked out at 180 persons per 1000 troops (WE) 70 Animals strength to be worked out as per PE/WE of the unit. 45 28075 Litres/ hectares/ day hot weather rate Consider 6.73 hectares per 1000 troops strength (WE of military units -do-

9.

Animals

10 . 11 .

Vehicles and Aircrafts Company Gardens

12 . 13 .

Irrigation and Sports Grounds Dhobi Ghat

-do-

1365 litres per day per stone

Consider one stone per 75 men

14 .

Fire Exercise

4545 litres per day

15 .

Fire purpose

3015 litres per 1000 troops per day

16.

Labour Employed in Depots and Installations

45

15

35

15

Caters for one exercise per 500 troops Take into account 2 percent evaporation losses in case of static tanks. Authorised scale of water supply to be worked out at 94 persons per 1000 troops strength of unit (WE)

17.

18. 19.

Offices and Schools where water borne sanitation exists Cinemas Swimming Pools

45

25

25

15

45 litres per officer/Cl erk/ Student 15 litres per seat As required depending on the capacity of the pool

The requirement of water may be taken as under :(a) 2 percent of the capacity to make up evaporation losses. (b) Complete change once in 6 months when filtration plant is provided

APPENDIX D LIST OF STATION WHERE DESERT COOLERS ARE AUTHORISED 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. Abohar Adampur Agra Ahmedabad Ahmednagar Ajmer Akhnoor Allahabad Alwar Ambala Amla Amritsar/Chaharta Aurangabad Babina Babugarh Baddowal Bakshi ka Talab Balasore Banbassa Barabanki Bareilly Barmer Barnala Baroda Kasauli/Janglot Beas Begumpet Bharatpur Bhatinda Bhopal Bhubaneshwar Bhuj Bhusawal Bidar Bikaner Chandigarh Chheoki Damana Dehradun 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 40. 41. Dehu Road Delhi Cantt/New Delhi/ Shakurbasti Derababa Nanak Dharangdhera Danapore Faizabad Faridabad Faridkot Fatehgarh Fazilka Ferozpur Ganganagar Gaya Gorakhpur Gurdaspur/Tibri Gwalior Hakimpet Haldwani Halwara Hempur Hindon Hissar Hyderabad Itarasi Jabalpur Jaipur Jaisalmer Jamshedpur Jammu Jassal/Jalipa Jaurian Jhansi Jindrah Jodhpur Jallandhar/Suranasi Kalaikunda Kaluchak

77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108.

Kamptee Kanpur Kanraghat Kapurthala Khadakwasala Kirkee Kota Lalgarh Jatan Lalru Lucknow Ludhiana Maharajpur Manauri Mathura Muzaffarpur Meerut Memaura Mhow Miransahib Moga Nabha Nagpur Nagrota Nal Nalia Nasirabad Naushera Nowgong Palam/Gurgaon Pallanwalla Pathankot Patiala

109. 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136.

Patna Pokharan Pulgaon Pune Raipur Raiwala Rajokari Rakhmuthi Ramgarh Ratnuchak Roorkee Saharanpur Samba Sangrur Sarsawa Saugor/Dhana Secunderabad Shahjahanpur Sirsa Sunderbani Suratgarh Talbehat Tiruchirapally Udaipur Unchibassi Varanasi Warrangal Any station with comparable ambient temperature to Delhi-New Delhi (110 deg F and 20 percent RH).

APPENDIX E LIST OF STATIONS AUTHORISED FOR HEATING SERVICES

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Leh Patnitop Srinagar Gulmarg Baramula/Pattan Simla/Jatogh

7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Kasauli Dalhousie Shillong Gangtok Other stations with equivalent extreme winter climatic conditions

APPENDIX F LIST OF STATIONS WHERE MARRIED ACCOMMODATION FOR CIVILIANS IS AUTHORISED 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Air Force Station Bhuj Agra Avadi Adampur Bangalore Bareilly Balasore Air Force Station Bowali Cannanore Chandigarh Chennai Cochin Chabua Dehu Dehradun Delhi Cantt Gauhati Goa Jabalpur Jaipur Jammu Karwar Lonavala Lucknow Missamari Mumbai

27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.

Manauri Panagarh Port Blair Pulgaon Pune Ranikhet Shillong Trivandrum Udhampur Vishakhapatnam Welington (DSSC) Hakimpet Ahmednagar Kirkee